Motors Series 0

Motors Series 1

Motors Series 2

Motors Series 2,5

Motors Series 3
 MOTORS CATALOGUE

Characteristics and Codification

GENERAL SYNOPSIS of the CATALOGUE MOTORS

Hydraulic gear motors 0
Series 0 Flat front body

Hydraulic gear motors

Series 1 Flat front body 1

Hydraulic gear motors

2
Series 2 Flat front body

Hydraulic gear motors

Series 2 Thick front body
2

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

001
/ 00
 Hydraulic gear motors
Series 2,5 Flat front body 2,5

Hydraulic gear motors

Series 2,5 Thick front body 2,5

Hydraulic gear motors

3
Serie 3 Flat front body

Hydraulic gear motors

3
series 3 Thick front body

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

002
/ 00
 Characteristics and Codifications

CHARACTERISTICS und CODIFICATIONS of MOTORS

Recommendations for installing and maintenance Motors Data sheet

F.T R 0152

Oil recommendations Data sheet

F.T R 0003

Recommendation concerning the drive type of Motors Data sheet

F.T R 0009

Codification of Motors Data sheet

F.T R 0243

Motors Characteristics Data sheet

F.T R 0054

Compensation CIP 3G Data sheet

F.T R 0269

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 12 / 07 / 2010

003
/ 00
 RECOMMENDATIONS for INSTALLING and
MAINTAINING JTEKT-HPI MOTORS

Our motors were studied and manufactured to bring you complete satisfaction.
They were designed with first quality materials, produced according to
modern processes and controlled by strict tests .
However, for the best use, it is absolutely necessary to make some arrangements
when mounting and when using.
The major 10 are the following:

1- Mounting

On a rigid support, fixed to the driving motor, make sure of the perfect
concentricity of the pump centering with the driving shaft (5/100 maximum, when
reading), according to the series. If the front body has a sealing (O-ring on the centering
diameter), you may oil the seal during the assembly on the machine.
Motor can be placed in whatever position.

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS

2- Driving

Apart from the driving torque, no radial nor axial effort must be applied on
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

motor shaft to ensure a good efficiency and a good service.

See technical data sheet F.T R 0009 (motor with outrigger bearing excepted).
In an installation with:
- rapid duty cycle.
- frequent pressure variations.
- high working pressure.
- important variation of the hydraulic motor speed.
it is recommended to examin the motor coupling regulary and to slightly
lubricate the shaft and the sleeve coupling to avoid frictional oxidation
phenomena (fretting).

When the motor is driven with parallel keyed or splined shaft, it is

recommended that the shaft be lubricated with bearing grease containing
molybdenum disulphide.

3- Pipes

Selecting the correct pipe is very important . Apart from flexible hoses, use
preferably cold drawn stel tubes, free from calamine and oxidation inside.

Alll hoses must be properly burred and cleaned. No trace of stranger bodies
nor dust must be left; make sure of this before the mounting.

1) Never hot-bend hoses so as to avoid oxidation disposals.

2) Seal hose or pipe end during storage.
3) During the mounting, do not leave them on the floor.
F.T R 0152 1/4

4) Make sure of their cleanness until the final mounting.

Suction hose:
It must be made in such a manner so as to get a
maximum oil speed of 2,5 m/s, less if possible, mostly for big flows.

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

004
/ 00
 RECOMMENDATIONS for INSTALLING and
MAINTAINING JTEKT-HPI MOTORS

Below are some flow indications according to the dimensions of hoses:

1/4" 8 x 13 = 8 l / min
3/8" 12 x 17 = 17 l / min
1/2" 15 x 21 = 27 l / min
3/4" 21 x 27 = 52 l / min
1" 26 x 34 = 80 l / min
1"1/4 33 x 42 = 130 l / min
1"1/2 40 x 49 = 190 l / min
2" 50 x 60 = 295 l / min
2" 1/2 66 x 76 = 513 l / min
3" 80 x 90 = 750 l / min

The hose must be as straight as possible. Avoid elbows and connections.

Straight angle elbows are prohibited. Narrowing forbidden.
The suction hose must be as short as possible (inferior to 1,50 m ); beyond this
length, lower the flow speed and ask our Technical Departments for information.
The level between the suction port and the oil must not exceed 0,75 m when
the tank is lower down. It is recommended to place the tank on load, that is to say
above the pump.
Do not use soft materials to make hoses, depressure and temperature tending
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

to bring sided closer and reduce the flow surface.

Take care of the good screwing of connections to avoid air inlet.

4- Tanks

Tank capacity must be so that in maximum duty, the oil temperature must
stabilize at maximum 50 / 60 ° . The quantity of oil that can be taken to ensure the
various cycles must be taken into account.

The purpose of a tank, in addition of being a receiver, is to quickly dissipate the

calories stored by the circuit when there is no cooling device beside.

Furthermore, it must allow the oil to clarify from the possible emulsions and consequently
to avoid the creation of emulsion.

All hoses leading to tank must dive into the fluid.

The fluid coming back to tank must come back to tank very slowly to avoid disturbances
on the suction hose.

Tank must be perfectly clean, realized in teme plate or fitted with an hydrocarbon-
resistant inside painting.

It must be designed in order that an inspection flap allows a careful cleaning before
mounting and during maintenance.
F.T R 0152 2/4

It must be dustproof.

The shape must be simple, either parallelepipidal or cylindrical.

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

005
/ 00
 RECOMMENDATIONS for INSTALLING and
MAINTAINING JTEKT-HPI MOTORS

Level control (tightness of connections)

One of the maintenance factors is watching the tank level.

According to the tank capacity, a continuous hose or connector leakage may lead
to significant motor oil loss.
Consequences are always damaging to the motor: possible air suction, increased
circuit temperature, oil-aging, etc ..........
It is therefore necessary to examine regularly all circuit connections to make sure
that there is no leakag.

5- Oil filtration

To ensure the motor a good efficiency and a long life duration, the filtration of the
hydraulic fluid is indispensabl .

Do not forget that the pump and the various components of the circuit are
lubricated by the convoyad fluid.

At suction : Fit the suction hose with a suction strainer submerged in the tank,
the filtration efficiency of which shall be 125 µ.
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Do not use a suction strainer with a higher efficiency owing to possible

underfeeding effects on the motor.
Flow capacity: 1 dm2 for a flow of 10 l / min.

At pressure or at tank return : Filter having a filtration capacity of 10 or 15 µ.

A metal filter can be used.

6- Air filtration

Most of the motors are prematurely aging due to abrasion coming from external
elements to the tank . It is indispensable to fit the tank with a true air filter and not a
simple breather.
The air filter must have a 5 µ filtration efficiency.
All othe parts of the tank must be airproo .

7- Pump Protection

All hydraulic installations must have a pressure relief valve to protect the motor, and this
for each direction of rotation.
Several kinds can be employed:
- manually operated.
- differential.
- piloted.
Whatever the type, the following is required:
- quick opening.
- low opening range (lower than 20 bar)
F.T R 0152 3/4

- low closing range (lower than 10 bar)

- It must be pulsationfree.
- Make sure of the flow capacity of the pressure relief valve according to the
pump flow.

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

006
/ 00
 RECOMMENDATIONS for INSTALLING and
MAINTAINING JTEKT-HPI MOTORS

8- Fluid to be employed

A good quality of oil is to be used.

The more important the duty cycle is, the higher the pressure and
driving speed are, the more indispensable it is to choose a good quality of fluid.
An oil with viscosity 4 to 5 °E (30 to 40 cSt) to 40 °C must be used.
Take into account the fact that the higher the circuit temperature is, the more
necessary it is to choose a high viscosity oil.
In many applications, motor oils can be used; they bring excellent results.
For lubrication and life duration, choose class SAE 20 - 40 multigrade oils.

9- Maximum working temperature

Maintaining an hydraulic circuit requires a control, particulary of the oil temperature.

In general, it is recommended not to exceed 50 to 60 °C. If the latter temperature
is exceeded, it would be necessary either to increase the tank volume, or to use a
cooler.
Also check whether circuit obstructions or abnormal rolling of some distribution or
regulation devices are not causing the heating.
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

In case the working or ambiant temperature conditions require a working

temperature higher than 60 °C, it is then necessary to use a higher viscosity oil
(for instance, 5 °E at 70 °C instead of 50 °C).
Ambiant temperature - 15 °C to + 60 °C.
Also make sure that no external heat supply disturbs the functioning of the motor
. In this case, inform our Technical Department who will give you useful advices,
amoung others Viton seals for temperatures between 70 and 130 °C will be
recommended
(example : hydraulic motor in contact with the carter of a diesel motor that can work
under temperatures of 120 °C).
10- Oil aging

The use of an oil that has lost its lubrication properties is a cause for wear and
tear of the motor and of the circuit devices.
Temperature variations, rolling in the distribution and regulation valves cause a
molecular modification of the fluid in the more or less long-term.
The rapidity of the aging depends on the oil volume in the circuit, on the
important temperature variation and on the rolling under pressure.
According to the energy conversion rate of the circuit, it is necessary to provide
for changing oil between 500 and 1000 duty hour .
(N.B: analysis in case of a big quantity of oil).

11- Additional information

For any further details, seek advice from our Technical Departments.
F.T R 0152 4/4

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

007
/ 00
 TYPE ISO CASTROL ELF ESSO FINA
HYSPIN ELFOLNA NUTO H 32 HYDRAN
32 AWS 32 DS 32 TS 32
HYSPIN ELFOLNA HYDRAN
HM 46 AWS 46 DS 46
NUTO H 46
TS 46
HYSPIN ELFOLNA HYDRAN
68 AWS 68 DS 68
NUTO H 68
TS 68
HYSPIN HYDRELF HYDRAN
32 AWH 32 DS 32
UNIVIS N 32
TSX 32

HV 46 HYSPIN
AWH 46
HYDRELF
DS 46
UNIVIS N 46 HYDRAN
TSX 46
HYSPIN ELFOLNA HYDRAN
68 AWH 68 DS 68
UNIVIS N 68
TSX 68
CARELUBE BIOHYDRAN
32 HTG 32 TMP 32

HE 46 UNIVIS BIO
SHP 46
BIOHYDRAN
TMP 46
BIOHYDRAN
68 TMP 68
PERFORMANCE FARM 4 KAPPA SUPER

OIL RECOMMENDATIONS
XR 15W-40 15W- 40 10W
OILS RX SUPER PERFORMANCE
ESSOLUBE X KAPPA SUPER
DIESELS PLUS SUPER D
301 10W 20W20
15W-40 15W-40
MOTORS
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

PERFORMANCE
ESSOLUBE XT KAPPA SUPER
TROPHY DX
301 15W-40 15W40
15W-40

FUCHS
TYPES ISO LUBRIFIANTS
MOBIL SHELL TOTAL
INDUSTRIE
RENOLIN MOBIL AZOLL
32 TELLUS 32
EXTRA 32S DTE 24 ZS 32
RENOLIN MOBIL AZOLLA
HM 46 EXTRA 46S DTE 25
TELLUS 46
ZS 68

68 RENOLIN MOBIL AZOLLA

TELLUS 68
EXTRA 68S DTE 26 ZS 68
RENOLIN MOBIL TELLUS EQUIVIS
32 EQUIGRADE 32 DTE 13 M T et ST 32 ZS 32

HV 46 RENOLIN MOBIL
EQUIGRADE 46 DTE 15 M
TELLUS
T et ST 46
EQUIVIS
ZS 46
RENOLIN MOBIL TELLUS EQUIVIS
68 EQUIGRADE 68 DTE 16 M T et ST 68 ZS 68
NATURELLE HYDROBIO
HE 46 HFE 46
TITAN TRUCK RUBIA
15W-40 S 10W
OILS TITAN
RIMULAX
DIESELS UNIVERSAL
15W - 40
HD 15W-40
MOTORS TITAN
UNIVERSAL
HD 20W-50
OILS TYPE HM : Refined mineral oils with anti-rust, anti - oxydation and anti - wear properties.
Application hydraulic systems in general. ( Max pressure 2900 PSI, Max speed 2000 RPM )

OILS TYPE HV : Oils type HM with improved viscosity / temperature properties.

Application car industry, marine equipement, high performance hydraulic ( high pressures and speds ).
F.T R 0003

OILS TYPE HE : Biodegradable hydraulic oils, synthetic base (esthers ).

Can be used in all hydraulic equipments requiring a HV oil.

OILS TYPE HFAE , HFAS , HFB , HFC , HFD : Water emulsion in oil or synthetic fluid, consult our technical departments.
The type of elastomer and the compatibility defoinition must be subject to an agreement between the supplier
and the final customer.

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

008
/ 00
 RECOMMENDATION CONCERNING the DRIVE
TYPE of JTEKT-HPI HYDRAULIC MOTORS

As the JTEKT-HPI hydraulic motors are designed with shafts on bush bearings ,
it is necessary to avoid any axial or radial load and , in order to obtain the
best performances and a longer life time , to pay some keen attention to the
transmission driving type.

The hereunder sketches show the couplings to realize or to proscribe in

order to avoid any kind of damage of the motor.

Recommended couplings:
F.T R 0009 1/3 2/3

Conditionnally recommended couplings:

F.T R 0009 2/3 3/3

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS

Proscribed couplings:
F.T R 0009 3/3
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

RECOMMENDED COUPLINGS

PTO side Hydraulic gear motor

Mounting with elastic 3 parts

coupling.

The motor shafts can be:

Functionnal
tolerance
- Straight keyed shafts
- Tapered shafts
- Splined shafts

Motor support

PTO side Hydraulic gear motor

Mounting with 3 parts coupling with

bulged gear.

The motor shafts can be:

- Straight keyed shafts

- Tapered shafts
F.T R 0009 1/3

- Splined shafts
Functionnal
tolerance

Motor support

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

009
/ 00
 RECOMMENDATION CONCERNING the DRIVE
TYPE of JTEKT-HPI HYDRAULIC MOTORS

RECOMMENDED COUPLINGS

PTO side Hydraulic gear motor

Mounting with coupling and
Oldham coupling.

The motor shafts can be:

- Straight keyed shafts

- Tapered shafts
PTO shaft
- Splined shafts
Splined and Oldham
Coupling with Oldham
nut . RECOMMENDED LUBRICATION.
Functionnal
tolerance

PTO side Hydraulic gear motor

Mounting with Oldham coupling.

Tang drive shaft on PTO

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

and motor shaft.

Functionnal
tolerance
RECOMMENDED LUBRICATION.

PTO side Hydraulic gear motor

Mounting with Oldham coupling.

Tang drive shaft on PTO

and motor shaft.
Functionnal
tolerance
RECOMMENDED LUBRICATION.

CONDITIONALLY ALLOWED COUPLINGS

PTO side Hydraulic gear motor

Mounting with splined coupling

(Spigot on free flank).

Tolerated coupling provided that there

is a perfect concentricity between
F.T R 0009 2/3

Ø A and Ø B.
Functionnal
tolerance
Concentricity < 0,03 (according to the
motor type and capacity).
Functionnal
tolerance

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

010
/ 00
 RECOMMENDATION CONCERNING the DRIVE
TYPE of JTEKT-HPI HYDRAULIC MOTORS

CONDITIONALLY ALLOWED COUPLINGS

Hydraulic gear motor

Homocinetic coupling

PROSCRIBED COUPLINGS
( Direct drive of the motor
shaft on the PTO shaft )

PTO side Hydraulic gear motor

Straight keyed drive.
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Hyperstatic mounting.

Impossibility to line up properly the

motor shaft and the PTO shaft.

INEVITABLE PUMP SHAFT - CONSTRAINT

PTO side Hydraulic gear motor

Splined drive.

Hyperstatic mounting.

Impossibility to line up properly the

motor shaft and the PTO shaft.

INEVITABLE PUMP SHAFT - CONSTRAINT

PTO side Hydraulic gear motor

Tang drive.

Motor shaft directly into the

PTO shaft.
F.T R 0009 3/3

INEVITABLE PUMP SHAFT - CONSTRAINT

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

011
/ 00
 CODIFICATION of MOTORS

1 Direction 1 Direction with counter pressure

B A B A

A B A B
M1
° of M2¯ M5
° of M6¯
CAUTION :
The signes XIII and XIV are valid only
for the motors with relief valve.
2 Direction with counter pressure
(see rear bodies technical data sheet
A according to the series concerned))

POMPES HYDRAULIQUES A ENGRENAGE

B C
Pressure
¯°
M3 Speed of rotation

M I
1 AA N 2 008 H
II III IV V VI VII
LVIII
2
IX
0 C 02 N
X XI XII
100 VXX
XIII XIV
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign

TYPE
SHAFT SEAL
Motor P
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

N Nitrile
DIRECTION of
ROTATION V Viton

Clockwise 1
Anti - clockwise 2 PRIMARY SHAFT CODE
see data sheets
2 Direction with 3
counter pressure
1 Direction (Clockwise) with 5
counter pressure TYPE of SHAFT
1 Direction (Anti-clockwise) 6 Front Rear
with counter pressure
1 Tapered 0 without shaft
2 Straight keyed
3 Splinned
FRONT BODY
4 Tang
MOUNTING FLANGE
2 and 4 holes (USA - ISO) A
4 holes ( Englisch - Italian ) B REAR BODY
2 and 4 holes ( French) C
2 and 4 holes ( German ) D L not port on rear body ( Standard )
A External flow control
A , B , C , D , E , F , J , L , R , W , Z ...... X High pressure relief valve, internal pressure
Execution variation T High pressure relief valve, external pressure
Q Internal flow control
FLAT FRONT BODY
AR with block, configuration MBPS
without tightness on spigot joint N
with tightness on spigot joint K
TYPE of the SERIES CAPACITY in the SERIES ( cc / rev )
THICK FRONT BODY WITH FRONT BEARING
PORTS LOCATION
Series 0 0,50 - 0,75 - 1,00 - 1,25 - 1,50 - 2,00
Power Series
without tightness on spigot joint P Series 1 (00)2 - (00)3 - (00)4 - (00)5 - (00)6
H Implantation HPI
with tightness on spigot joint R Series 2 (00)6 - (00)8 - (0)10 - (0)12 - (0)14 - (0)15 - (0)17 - (0)18 - (0)22 - (0)26 - (0)30
C Square location
F.T R 0243

Series 2,5 12 - 15 - 17 - 18 - 22 F Threaded ports

Series 3 (0)31 - (0)40 - (0)50 - (0)60 - (0)71 - (0)80 - (0)90 - 100 Y ISO location ( Norm 6162 )

B Italian location
Préfixe(0) only to get the U SAE threaded location ( Norm J475 )
conformity of the codification
X without ports ( Mounting with rear body Typ A )

Non Standard Product, Contact us

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

012 013
/ 00 / 00
 SERIES 0 - 1 - 2

MAXI MAXI NOMINAL FLOW input Input approx.

Capacity MINI PRESSURE MAXI PRESSURE power torque
weight
SERIES MODEL SPEED SPEED at MAXI at 1500 at maxi in kW at at
at MINI 1000 RPM 100 bar
SPEED rev / min speed Kg
SPEED and in
100 bar m.daN
cc / rev RPM bar PSI RPM bar PSI l / min l / min

0050 0,50 500 100 1450 8000 250 3625 0,75 4 0,10 0,54
0,42
0075 0,75 500 100 1450 8000 220 3190 1,12 6 0,15 1,40

0 0100
0125
1
1,25
500
500
100 1450
100 1450
8000
6000
200 2900
150 2175
1,50
1,87
8
7,5
0,20
0,25
1,87
2,34 0,45

MAX WORKING CONDITIONS

0150 1,50 500 100 1450 6000 120 1740 2,25 9 0,29 2,81

0200 2 500 100 1450 5000 100 1450 3 10 0,39 3,74 0,50

1002 2,05 1000 200 2900 8000 250 3625 3,07 16,4 0,40 3,83
0,9

1
1003 3,07 1000 200 2900 7000 250 3625 4,60 21,4 0,60 5,74
Dimension readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications

1004 4,09 800 175 2537 6000 200 2900 6,13 24,5 0,80 7,65
1005 5,12 500 150 2175 6000 175 2537 7,68 30,7 1 9,58 1,1
1006 6,14 400 150 2175 6000 175 2537 9,21 30,7 1,20 11,49

2006 6,45 300 150

150 2175 4000 250 3625 9,67 22,5 1,26 12,07 1,6
2008 8,25 300 150
150 2175 4000 250 3625 12,37 28,8 1,62 15,43 1,7
2010 10,12 300 150 2175
150 4000 250 3625 15,18 35,3 1,98 18,93 1,7
2012 12 250 150
150 2175 4000 250 3625 18 42 2,35 22,45 1,7

2 2014
2015
2017
13,8
15,52
17,3
200
200
200
200
200 2900
200
200 2900
200 2900
200
3500
3500
3500
225 3260
225 3260
225 3260
20,7
23,25
25,95
48,3
52,5
60,55
2,71
3,04
3,39
25,81
29,03
32,36
2
2,1
2,1
2018 19,12 200 150 2175
150 3500 175 2537 28,65 66,8 3,75 35,77 2,2
2022 22,87 200 150
150 2175 3500 150 2175 34,2 79,8 4,48 42,78 2,3
2026 27,6 200 150
150 2175 3000 150 2175 41,4 82,8 5,41 51,63 2,7
2030 31,2 200 150
150 2175 3000 150 2175 46,8 93,6 6,12 58,36 2,8
F.T R 0054 1/2

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

014
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 - 3

MAXI MAXI NOMINAL FLOW input Input approx.

Capacity MINI PRESSURE MAXI PRESSURE power torque
weight
SERIES MODEL SPEED SPEED at 1500 at maxi in kW at at
at MINI at MAXI 1000 RPM 100 bar
rev / min speed Kg
SPEED SPEED and in
100 bar N.m
cc / rev RPM bar PSI RPM bar PSI l / min l / min

2512 12 250 200 2900 4000 225 3260 18 48 2,35 22,45 2,3
2515 15,52 200 200 2900 3500 225 3260 23,25 52,5 3,04 29,03 2,6

2,5 2517
2518
2522
17,3
19,12
22,87
200
200
200
200 2900
150 2175
150 2175
3500
3500
3500
225 3260
175 2537
150 2175
25,95
28,65
34,2
60,55
66,8
79,8
3,39
3,75
4,48
32,36
35,77
42,78
2,6
2,7
2,8

3025 25,8 300 200 2900 3000 250 3625 38,7 77,4 4,90 4,63 5,6
3031 32,1 300 200 2900 3000 225 3260 48,15 96,3 6,10 5,73 5,6
3040 41,5 250 200 2900 3000 225 3260 62,25 124,5 7,85 7,37 5,7

3 3050
3060
3071
51,65
62,6
73,55
250
200
200
200 2900
175 2537
150 2175
3000
3000
2500
225 3260
200 2900
200 2900
77,47
93,9
110,32
154,9
156,5
183,8
9,77
11,85
13,92
9,21
11,05
13,08
6,9
7
7
3080 82,95 200 125 1812 2500 175 2537 124,42 182,4 15,59 14,60 7,1
3090 92,95 200 125 1812 2000 175 2537 139,42 185,9 17,47 16,47 7,8
Dimension readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications

3100 103,9 200 125 1812 2000 175 2537 155,85 207,8 19,40 18,17 8
F.T R 0054 2/2

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

015
/ 00
 WORKING PRINCIPLES of the
INTEGRAL PROPORTIONAL COMPENSATION

Section ZZ Balanced system zones

1 P1 A B B1 High pressure (primary pressure)

G C D C1 D1 Median pressure
4
E E1 Average pressure
2
P2 F Counter pressure from 0 to P max (secondary pressure)
G H Low pressure (communication with tank)

6
I
J
1 Anti-extrusion seal of the integral compensation
C D
E
1234567
1234567
E
K 2 Tightness seal of the integral compensation
4 1234567
1234567
3 1234567
1234567
3 Driving shaft

A
F
4 Monoblock bearing
Z
H 5 Body of motor
7
6 Tightness seal in between bodies
B¹ E¹
7 Driven shaft
C¹ D¹ K1
I1

FUNCTIONS: I (I1) Feeding canal of zone B (B1)

C.I.P 3rd GENERATION

J (J1) Bi-operation feeding canal of zones C-D (C1 - D1) and G
J1 M (M1) Feeding canal of zone E
5
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

C.I.P 3G - M5 1 way rotation C.I.P 3G - M6

without counter-pressure
Clockwise 1 (SH) Anti-Clockwise
2 (SIH)

Driving shaft

P1 P2 P2 P1

Draining

C.I.P 3G - M3 1 or 2 ways rotation C.I.P 3G - M3

with counter-pressure
Clockwise 1 (SH) Anti-Clockwise
2 (SIH)

Driving shaft

P1 P2 P2 P1

Draining
F.T R 0269

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

015
/ 01
MOTORS PRESENTATION Data sheet

SERIES 0
F.T 00 1420

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 0

MOTOR AAN Data sheet

F.T 00 1421

MOTOR AAK Data sheet

F.T 00 1422

MOTOR DCN Data sheet

F.T 00 1423

MOTOR DCK Data sheet

F.T 00 1424

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 17 / 03 / 2011

016
/ 00
 MAIN CHARACTERISTICS and
GENERAL DIMENSIONS MOTORS SERIES 0

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

0050 0,50 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 5000 6000 800 1200 1500 5000
220
0075 0,75 175 2537 200 2900 220 3190 5000 6000 800 1200 1500 bar 5000 0,42
200
0100 1 160 2320 180 2610 200 2900 5000 6000 800 1200 1234567
1500 bar 5000
1234567
1000 bar1234567
150
0125 1,25 100 1450 120 1740 150 2175 3500 4500 500 1234567 3500
1234567
1234567 0,45
0150 1,50 70 1015 90 1305 120 1740 3500 4500 500 1000 150
bar1234567
3500
1234567
1501234567
0200 2 70 1015 85 1232 100 1450 3000 4000 500 1000 bar1234567 3000 0,50

The working cycles mentioned above are possible with hydraulic mineral oil for between
12 and 150Cst - 65,2 and 700 SUS..

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 0

The minimum viscosity of 12 Cst / 65,2 SUS is available for a maximum temperature in the hydraulic circuit.
Working temperatures : - 20 °C (4 °F) to + 80 °C (176 °F) (140 °C / 284 °F with Viton shaft seal).
Full flow filtration from to 10 to 15 micron at the motor inlet or the return circuit.
MAXIMUM PRESSURE:
For the motors with one direction of rotation (M1/M2), the outlet pressure must not exceed 1 bar.
For the motors with two directions of rotation (M5/M6), the pressure in the drain line must not exceed 1 bar.
For the motors with two directions of rotation (M3), the pressure in the drain line must not exceed 1 bar.
For the working conditions exceeding the above mentioned cycles or in case of torque transmission by driving
belt, chain or toothed wheel, please contact our sales department.
(The tests are effected with the oil SHELL Tellus T 46)
The above technical data are valid for motor transmitting the torque by an elastic coupling, perfectly aligned,
without any outside radial and axial forces.
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s
PRESSURE at the DRAINING:
T Second 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

F (Face of the support)

A C E
Front body: A
AAN / AAK - DCN / DCK 12 B
18,5

Port location (Capacity): B C

0050 - 0075 13,2 26,4
52

0100 - 0125 - 0150 16,4 32,8

7,5

0200 20,6 41,2

F.T 00 1420 1/3

Rear body: E
L 14

Front body Port location Rear body

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

017
/ 00
 AVAILABILITIES and FRONT BODIES
MOTORS SERIES 0

M
III
Sign
IV
Sign 0 VI
Sign
VII
Sign
VIII
Sign
IX
Sign
X
Sign
XI
Sign
XII
Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

DIRECTION of ROTATION FLAT FRONT CAPACITY PORT REAR DRIVING SHAFTS

(II Sign) BODIES (V and VI Sign) LOCATION BODY (IX , X and XI Sign)
(III and IV Sign) (VII Sign) (VIII Sign)
M1 M2 M3 M5 M6 STRAIGHT TANG
KEYED
F L 20 40

AAN / AAK

0050

X X X X X
0075

0100

DCN / DCK 0125

20 B01 40 C01
40 C15
0150
X X X X X
0200

LEGENDES
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

DIRECTION of ROTATION FRONT BODIES PORT LOCATION REAR BODY

M1 = Clockwise AA * = Fixing SAE and ISO F = Threaded ports L = Standard

M2 = Anti clockwise DC* = Fixing German
M3 = 2 Direction with Counter Pressure
M5 = 1 Direction with Counter Pressure
M6 = 1 Direction with Counter Pressure

FLAT FRONT BODIES

AAN / AAK DCN / DCK

46
46
22
(2x) Ø6,5
32,5

25,5

18,5
52
7,5
30
80

66

r7
15
30

(2x) 6,5

- 0,02 - 0,02
Centering: Ø 22 - 0,041 Centering: Ø 22 - 0,041
Thickness: 4 Thickness: 4
F.T 00 1420 2/3

AAN : F.T 00 1421 DCN : F.T 00 1423

AAK : F.T 00 1422 DCK : F.T 00 1424

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

018
/ 00
 PORT LOCATIONS, REAR BODY and
DRIVING SHAFTS MOTORS SERIES 0

CHOICE of IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS

INLET OUTLET
Capacity
D E G D E
F ØC ØF ØC ØF G

(Threaded)

0050
to M14 12 M14 12
0200 x150 x150
ØF
effective
depth G

REAR BODY

MOTORS M1 - M2 MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L
Standard
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

18,5
18,5

Drainage 1/8" Gaz Prof. utile 7 pour

15
52

52

moteur tournant dans les 2 sens de

rotation, ou a 1 seul sens mais
fonctionnant avec une contre pression
sur l'orifice retour.

44 14 Couple de serrage maxi du raccord

44
30 N.m

DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splinned Tang

10 20 30 40

B01 F C01
21 ± 0,25 F
16 5
-0
10 ± 0,1 3 - 0,006
2 - 0,025 - 0,016
4,3 - 0,1
-0

Ø7
M6

Ø8
Ø8

8 6 4
Ø7
F.T 00 1420 3/3

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K108328

Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

5 N.m 6 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

019
/ 00
 SERIES 0 TYPE AAN
VI IX X XI XII
M II
Sign AA N 0 Sign F L Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support

F of the fixing flanges PRESSURE at the DRAINING:
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
A
B
22 4 10 Direction M1-M5 M3
15°

r7

32,5
- 0,020
0,041

25,5
18,5

18,5

± 0,1
Ø 22 -

80
66
52

52

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 0

7,5
M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
1 1

46 2 holes Ø 6,5
Direction M2-M6

Drain port 1/8" BSP effective depth 7 for

bi directional (M3) or single directional
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter

CHOICE of the Dimensions Seal kits:
pressure in the return port.
Capacity
A B M1 - M2
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
Nitrile: K5073819 Viton: K5073820
30 N.m (For manufacture to since march 1991)
0050 52,6 25,2 M3 - M5 - M6
0075 Nitrile: K5071063 Viton: K5071064
0100 (For manufacture to since march 1986)
0125 59 28,4
0150
0200 67,5 32,6

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

0050 0,50 200 2900 230 3335 250 3260 5000 6000 800 1200 1500 5000
220
0075 0,75 175 2537 200 2900 220 3190 5000 6000 800 1200 1500 bar 5000 0,42
1200 1234567
200
0100 1 160 2320 180 2610 200 2900 5000 6000
1234567 800 1500 bar 5000
1234567
1234567 150
0125 1,25 100 1450 120 1740 150 2175 3500 4500 500 1000 bar 3500
1234567
1234567
1234567
0,45
0150 1,50 70 1015 90 1305 120 1740 3500 4500 500 1000 150
bar 1234567
3500
150 1234567
0200 2 70 1015 85 1232 100 1450 3000 4000 500 1000 bar 1234567
1234567 3000 0,50

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet £ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
F.T 00 1421 1/2

bar

P1 each cycle
P

P4
Max. 30s
T Second

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

020
/ 00
 SERIES 0 TYPE AAN
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

INLET OUTLET
Capacity
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
F
(Threaded)
0050
to M14 12 M14 12
0200 x150 x150

ØF
effective
depth G

REAR BODY
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

MOTORS M1 - M2 MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L
Standard
18,5
18,5

15
52

52

Drain port 1/8" BSP effective depth 7 for

bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port.

44 14
44 Max. tightening torque of the connexion
30 N.m

DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splinned Tang

10 20 30 40

B01 F C01
21 ± 0,25 F
16 5
-0
10 ± 0,1 3 - 0,006
2 - 0,025 - 0,016
4,3 - 0,1
-0

Ø7
M6

Ø8
Ø8
F.T 00 1421 2/2

8 6 4
Ø7

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K108328

Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

5 N.m 6 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

021
/ 00
 SERIES 0 TYPE AAK
VI IX X XI XII
M II
Sign AA K 0 Sign F L Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

F of the fixing flanges
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
A

Ø 22,53
B
22 4 10
Direction M1-M5 M3
15°

r7

32,5
25,5
- 0,020
0,041
18,5

18,5

± 0,1
Ø 22 -

80
66
52

52
7,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 0

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
1 1

46 2 holes Ø 6,5
Direction M2-M6

Drain port 1/8" BSP effective depth 7 for

bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
CHOICE of the Dimensions
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Seal kits:
pressure in the return port.
Capacity
A B M1 - M2
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
Nitrile: K5073819 + K100256
30 N.m Viton: K5073820 + K105494
0050 (For manufacture to since march 1991)
52,6 25,2
0075 M3 - M5 - M6
0100 Nitrile: K5071063 + K100256
0125 59 28,4 Viton: K5071064 + K105494
(For manufacture to since march 1986)
0150
0200 67,5 32,6

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

0050 0,50 200 2900 230 3335 250 3260 5000 6000 800 1200 1500 5000
220
0075 0,75 175 2537 200 2900 220 3190 5000 6000 800 1200 1500 bar 5000 0,42
1200 1234567
200
0100 1 160 2320 180 2610 200 2900 5000 6000
1234567
800 1500 bar 5000
1,25 100 1450 120 1740 150 2175 3500 4500
1234567 500 1000 bar 1234567
150
3500
0125 1234567
1234567 0,45
bar 1234567
0150 1,50 70 1015 90 1305 120 1740 3500 4500 500 1000 150 3500
1234567
150 1234567
0200 2 70 1015 85 1232 100 1450 3000 4000 500 1000 bar 1234567
1234567 3000 0,50

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet £ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1 each cycle
P
F.T 00 1422 1/2

P4
Max. 30s
T Second

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

022
/ 00
 SERIES 0 TYPE AAK
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

INLET OUTLET
Capacity
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
F
(Threaded)
0050
to M14 12 M14 12
0200 x150 x150

ØF
effective
depth G

REAR BODY

MOTORS M1 - M2 MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

L
Standard

18,5
18,5

15
52

52

Drain port 1/8" BSP effective depth 7 for

bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port.
44 14
44 Max. tightening torque of the connexion
30 N.m

DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splinned Tang

10 20 30 40

B01 F C01
21 ± 0,25 F
16 5
-0
10 ± 0,1 3 - 0,006
2 - 0,025 - 0,016
4,3 - 0,1
-0

Ø7
M6

Ø8
Ø8

8 6 4
Ø7
F.T 00 1422 2/2

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K108328

Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

5 N.m 6 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

023
/ 00
 SERIES 0 TYPE DCN
VI IX X XI XII
M II
Sign DC N 0 Sign F L Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
F of the front body
Tightening torque
20 ± 0,2 m.daN A M3
22 30
4 B Direction M1-M5 15

r7
- 0,020
0,041
18,5

18,5

18,5
Ø 22 -

52
7,5
15

30
52
52

7,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 0

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
1 1 C
46 Direction M2-M6 2 holes Ø 6,5

Drain port 1/8" BSP effective depth 7 for

bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
CHOICE of the Dimensions Seal kits:
pressure in the return port.
Capacity
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

A B C M1 - M2
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
30 N.m Nitrile: K5073819 Viton: K5073820
0050 (For manufacture to since march 1991)
52,6 25,2 46
0075 M3 - M5 - M6
0100
0125 59 28,4 52,5 Nitrile: K5071063 Viton: K5071064
(For manufacture to since march 1986)
0150
0200 67,5 32,6 70

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

0050 0,50 200 2900 230 3335 250 3260 5000 6000 800 1200 1500 5000
220
0075 0,75 175 2537 200 2900 220 3190 5000 6000 800 1200 1500 bar 5000 0,42
1200 1234567
200
0100 1 160 2320 180 2610 200 2900 5000 6000
1234567 800 1500 bar 5000
1234567
1234567 150
0125 1,25 100 1450 120 1740 150 2175 3500 4500 500 1000 bar 3500
1234567
1234567
1234567
0,45
0150 1,50 70 1015 90 1305 120 1740 3500 4500 500 1000 150
bar 1234567
3500
150 1234567
0200 2 70 1015 85 1232 100 1450 3000 4000 500 1000 bar 1234567
1234567 3000 0,50

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet £ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
F.T 00 1423 1/2

bar

P1 each cycle
P

P4
Max. 30s
T Second

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

024
/ 00
 SERIES 0 TYPE DCN
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

INLET OUTLET
Capacity
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
F
(Threaded)
0050
to M14 12 M14 12
0200 x150 x150

ØF
effective
depth G

REAR BODY

MOTORS M1 - M2 MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

L
Standard
18,5
18,5

15
52

52

Drain port 1/8" BSP effective depth 7 for

bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port.
44 14
44 Max. tightening torque of the connexion
30 N.m

DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splinned Tang

10 20 30 40

B01 F C01
21 ± 0,25 F
16 5
-0
10 ± 0,1 3 - 0,006
2 - 0,025 - 0,016
4,3 - 0,1
-0

Ø7
M6

Ø8
Ø8
F.T 00 1423 2/2

8 6 4
Ø7

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K108328

Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

5 N.m 6 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

025
/ 00
 SERIES 0 TYPE DCK
VI IX X XI XII
M II
Sign DC K 0 Sign F L Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
Face of the support
F of the front body

Ø 22,53
Tightening torque
20 ± 0,2 m.daN A M3
22 30
4 B Direction M1-M5 15

r7
- 0,020
0,041
18,5

18,5

18,5
Ø 22 -

52
7,5
15

52

30
52

7,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 0

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
1 1 C
46 Direction M2-M6 2 holes Ø 6,5

Drain port 1/8" BSP effective depth 7 for

bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
CHOICE of the Dimensions Seal kits:
pressure in the return port.
Capacity
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

A B C M1 - M2
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
Nitrile: K5073819 + K100256
30 N.m Viton: K5073820 + K105494
0050 (For manufacture to since march 1991)
52,6 25,2 46
0075 M3 - M5 - M6
0100 Nitrile: K5071063 + K100256
0125 59 28,4 52,5 Viton: K5071064 + K105494
(For manufacture to since march 1986)
0150
0200 67,5 32,6 70

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

0050 0,50 200 2900 230 3335 250 3260 5000 6000 800 1200 1500 5000
220
0075 0,75 175 2537 200 2900 220 3190 5000 6000 800 1200 1500 bar 5000 0,42
200
0100 1 160 2320 180 2610 200 2900 5000 6000 800 1200 1234567
1500 bar 5000
1234567
1000 bar 1234567
150
0125 1,25 100 1450 120 1740 150 2175 3500 4500 500 1234567 3500
1234567
1234567
0,45
0150 1,50 70 1015 90 1305 120 1740 3500 4500 500 1000 150
bar 1234567
3500
1234567
70 1015 85 1232 100 1450 3000 4000 500 1000 bar 1234567
150
0200 2 1234567 3000 0,50

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet £ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1 each cycle
F.T 00 1424 1/2

P4
Max. 30s
T Second

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

024
/ 00
 SERIES 0 TYPE DCK
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

INLET OUTLET
Capacity
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
F
(Threaded)
0050
to M14 12 M14 12
0200 x150 x150

ØF
effective
depth G

REAR BODY

MOTORS M1 - M2 MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

L
Standard

18,5
18,5

15
52

52

Drain port 1/8" BSP effective depth 7 for

bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port.
44 14
44 Max. tightening torque of the connexion
30 N.m

DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splinned Tang

10 20 30 40

B01 F C01
21 ± 0,25 F
16 5
-0
10 ± 0,1 3 - 0,006
2 - 0,025 - 0,016
4,3 - 0,1
-0

Ø7
M6

Ø8
Ø8

8 6 4
Ø7
F.T 00 1424 2/2

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K108328

Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

5 N.m 6 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

025
/ 00
MOTORS PRESENTATION Data sheet
SERIES 1
F.T 10 1425

MOTOR AAN

SERIES 1
Data sheet

F.T 10 1426

MOTOR AAK Data sheet

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS

F.T 10 1427

MOTOR BAN Data sheet

F.T 10 1428

MOTOR CBN Data sheet

F.T 10 1429

MOTOR CBK Data sheet

F.T 10 1430

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

028
/ 00
 MOTOR DCN Data sheet

F.T 10 1431

MOTOR DCK Data sheet

F.T 10 1432

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

029
/ 00
 MAIN CHARACTERISTICS and
GENERAL DIMENSIONS MOTORS SERIES 1

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

1002 2,05 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 5000 6000 1000 1200 1400 8000
0,9
1003 3,07 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 5000 6000 900 1100 1400 8000
1004 4,09 150 2175 180 2610 200 2900 4000 5000 700 1200 200
1000 1234567 6000
bar
175 1234567
1234567
1005 5,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3500 4500 500 900 bar
1234567 5000 1,1
175 1234567
1234567
1006 6,14 125 1812 140 2030 175 2537 3000 4000 500 900 bar 1234567
4500

The working cycles mentioned above are possible with hydraulic mineral oil for between

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 1

12 and 150Cst - 65,2 and 700 SUS..
The minimum viscosity of 12 Cst / 65,2 SUS is available for a maximum temperature in the hydraulic circuit.
Working temperatures : - 20 °C (4 °F) to + 80 °C (176 °F) (140 °C / 284 °F with Viton shaft seal).
Full flow filtration from to 10 to 15 micron at the motor inlet or the return circuit.
MAXIMUM PRESSURE:
For the motors with one direction of rotation (M1/M2), the outlet pressure must not exceed 1 bar.
For the motors with two directions of rotation (M5/M6), the pressure in the drain line must not exceed 1 bar.
For the motors with two directions of rotation (M3), the pressure in the drain line must not exceed 1 bar.
For the working conditions exceeding the above mentioned cycles or in case of torque transmission by driving
belt, chain or toothed wheel, please contact our sales department.
(The tests are effected with the oil SHELL Tellus T 46)
The above technical data are valid for motor transmitting the torque by an elastic coupling, perfectly aligned,
without any outside radial and axial forces.

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s PRESSURE at the DRAINING:
T Second 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

F (Face of the support)

A C E
Front bodies: A B
AAN / AAK - BAN - CBN / CBK 18
DCN / DCK
25,4

Port location (Capacity): C

73

B
11,1

1001 - 1002 - 1003 17,9 35,8

1004 - 1005 - 1006 22,7 45,6
F.T 10 1425 1/5

Rear bodies: E
L-A- 18 Front body Port location Rear body

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

030
/ 00
 AVAILABILITIES on MOTORS SERIES 1

M II
Sign
III
Sign
IV
Sign 1 VI
Sign
VII
Sign
VIII
Sign
IX
Sign
X
Sign
XI
Sign
XII
Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

DIRECTION of FLAT FRONT BODIES CAPACITY PORT LOCATION REAR BODIES DRIVING SHAFTS
ROTATION (II Sign) (III and IV Sign) (V and VI Sign) (VII Sign) (VIII Sign) (IX , X and XI Sign)

TAPERED STRAGIHT SPLINED TANG

M1 M2 M3 M5 M6 KEYED
C F X L A
10 20 30 40

AAN / AAK

X X X X X

BAN

1002
X X X X X
1003

1004
CBN / CBK
1005 10 B01 20 C01 30 C01 40 A01
10 C01 40 C02
1006
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

X X X X X

DCN / DCK

X X X X X

LEGENDES

DIRECTION of ROTATION FRONT BODIES PORT LOCATION REAR BODIES

M1 = Clockwise AA* = Fixing SAE and ISO C= Square location L = Standard

M2 = Anti clockwise BA* = Fixing English and Italian F= Threaded ports A = with rear ports
M3 = 2 Direction with
CB* = Fixing French X= without ports
Counter Pressure
DC* = Fixing German
M5 = 1 Direction with
Counter Pressure
M6 = 1 Direction with
Counter Pressure
F.T 10 1425 2/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

031 032
/ 00 / 00
 FRONT BODIES SERIES 1

FRONT BODIES

AAN / AAK BAN CBN / CBK

102,55
86 86
82,6
52,5 70
Ø 64 41,3 r8 r8

34
10,5

34
r 10,5

26

24
14

88

88
72

70
r 10
47,6

6,52 6,52
0 - 0,02 - 0,025
Centering: Ø - 0,05 Centering: Ø 25,35 - 0,041 Centering: Ø 35 - 0,05

50,8 Thickness: 4 Thickness: 4

Thickness: 6
AAN: F.T 10 1294 BAN: F.T 10 1295 CBN: F.T 10 1296

AAK: F.T 10 1326 CBK: F.T 10 1327

DCN / DCK
49
Ø 8,5 (x2) r 10
r8
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

40
8,9

r 7,5 38
64

- 0,025
Centering: Ø 32- 0,05
Thickness: 4

DCN: F.T 10 1297

DCK: F.T 10 1328

F.T 10 1425 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 17 / 03 / 2011

033
/ 00
 PORT LOCATION SERIES 1

CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
DIMENSIONS 2 ways
counter pressure
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
INLET OUTLET pressure
Capacity 1 way rotation with
PORT A PORT B counter pressure
M3
M5 M6
ØC D ØF G ØC D ØF G INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
C 1002

( Square) 1003

14 30 M6 13 14 30 M 6 13 A B B A B A
ØC
1004
to
Ø F effective 1006
depth G
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

F 1002
3/8"
12
3/8"
12
(Threaded) BSP BSP
1003

A B B A B A
ØF
1004 1/2" 3/8"
effective 14 12
to BSP BSP
depth G
1006

X
(with ports)
1002
to Only with rear body Type A
1006
F.T 10 1425 4/5

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 17 / 03 / 2011

034
/ 00
 REAR BODIES and
DRIVING SHAFTS SERIES 1

REAR BODIES

L A
Standard Rear ports

22,2 25,4 18 28 Ø9 (x2) 8,5

36,5
73

7
32
73

64 64 18

(4x) M6
prof. utile 9,5 Drain port 1/8" BSP effective depth 9
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 13
for bi directional (M3) or single directional for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. pressure in the return port.

Max. tightening torque of the connexion Max. tightening torque of the connexion

35 N.m 30 + 50 N.m
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B01 Taper 1 / 8 C01 F

C01 F
A01
F
28,3 ± 0,25 25 ± 0,25
F
16,5 3,3 -0
3 - 0,025
1/4"-28UNF-2A

2,4h9 15 ±0,25 14,8

0,05

± 0,25 - 0,04
2 16 6,63 - 0,09
0
Ø9,9 -
11,5

Ø11
Ø12
Ø12

Ø12

Ø12
5,6 ± 0,15

8,5
- 0,005
Ø10 - 0,014

6 20 5 2 6,8 8
Ø 9,73
10 5
Delivered with nut: K101719

Max. transmissible torque Max. transmissible torque Cannelures en Max. transmissible torque
40 N.m 25 N.m développante 30 N.m
10 x 18 x 0,5
NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
Max. transmissible torque
25 N.m

C01 Taper 1/5 C02

F

26 ± 0,25
F

2,5h9 11 ± 0,25
- 0,04
6,5 - 0,09
M8 x 125

Ø11
Ø12

Ø12
- 0,075

9 12 5 7 4
6,8
F.T 10 1425 5/5

Delivered with nut: K105890 Max. transmissible torque

Max. transmissible torque 30 N.m

50 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 17 / 03 / 2011

035
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE AAN
M AA N 1 L
II VI VII IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
F of the front body

A 82,55
B 41,25
6 8
M3 Ø 64
r 10
Ø 50,8 - 0,05
25,4

A B

11,1
-0

14
22,2
73

10,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 1

73
M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
1,5 1,5
67
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 13

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
CHOICE of Dimensions
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter Seal s kits:

pressure in the return port. the Capacity
A B M1 - M2
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
Nitrile: K5074037 Viton: K5074038
35 N.m
1002 71,8 35,9
(For manufacture to since October 1991)
1003 M3 - M5/M6

Nitrile: K5070976 Viton: K5070977

1004
1005 81,5 40,7 (For manufacture to since March1986)

1006

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

1002 2,05 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 5000 6000 1000 1200 1400 8000
0,9
1003 3,07 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 5000 6000 900 1100 1400 8000
1004 4,09 150 2175 180 2610 200 2900 4000 5000 700 1200 200
1000 1234567 6000
1234567
bar

1005 5,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3500 4500 500 175
900 bar 1234567
1234567 5000 1,1
1234567
1751234567
1006 6,14 125 1812 140 2030 175 2537 3000 4000 500 900 bar1234567
4500

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
P1 each cycle
bar
F.T 10 1426 1/4

P4
Max. 30s
T Second

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

036
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE AAN
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
DIMENSIONS 2 ways
counter pressure
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
INLET OUTLET pressure
Capacity 1 way rotation with
PORT A PORT B counter pressure
M3
M5 M6
ØC D ØF G ØC D ØF G INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
C 1002

( Square) 1003

A B B A B A
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

14 30 M6 13 14 30 M 6 13
ØC
1004
to
Ø F effective 1006
depth G

F 1002
3/8"
12
3/8"
12
(Threaded) BSP BSP
1003

A B B A B A
ØF
1004 1/2" 3/8"
effective 14 12
to BSP BSP
depth G
1006

X
(with ports)
1002
to Only with rear body Type A
1006
F.T 10 1426 2/4

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

037
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE AAN
CHOICE of the REAR BODY

MOTORS M1 - M2 (without drain)

L A
Standard Rear ports

18 21 18
22,2 25,4 Ø9 (x2)

29,5
73
73

32
64 64 (4x) M6
effective
depth 9,5
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6 (with drain)

L A
Standard Rear ports

18 21 18
Ø9 (x2)
22,2 25,4

29,5
36,5
73
73

32

64 64 (4x) M6
effective
depth 9,5

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 13

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. Drain port 1/8" BSP effective depth 9
for bi directional (M3) or single directional
Max. tightening torque of the connexion motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
35 N.m
pressure in the return port.

Max. tightening torque of the connexion

30 + 50 N.m
F.T 10 1426 3/4

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

038
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE AAN
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B01 Taper 1 / 8 C01 F

C01 F
A01
F
28,3 ± 0,25 25 ± 0,25
F
16,5 3,3 -0
3 - 0,025
1/4"-28UNF-2A

2,4h9 15 ±0,25 14,8

0,05
± 0,25 - 0,04
2 16 6,63 - 0,09

0
Ø9,9 -
11,5

Ø11
Ø12
Ø12

Ø12

Ø12
5,6 ± 0,15

8,5
- 0,005
Ø10 - 0,014

6 20 5 2 6,8 8
Ø 9,73
10 5
Delivered with nut: K101719

Max. transmissible torque Max. transmissible torque Cannelures en Max. transmissible torque
40 N.m 25 N.m développante 30 N.m
10 x 18 x 0,5
NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
Max. transmissible torque
25 N.m
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

C01 Taper 1/5 C02

F

26 ± 0,25
F

2,5h9 11 ± 0,25
- 0,04
6,5 - 0,09
M8 x 125

Ø11
Ø12

Ø12
- 0,075

9 12 5 7 4
6,8

Delivered with nut: K105890 Max. transmissible torque

Max. transmissible torque 30 N.m

50 N.m
F.T 10 1426 4/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

039
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE AAK
M AA K 1 L
II VI VII IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
F of the front body

Ø 51,84
A 82,55
B 41,25
6 8
M3 Ø 64
r 10
Ø 50,8 - 0,05
25,4

A B

11,1
-0

14
22,2
73

10,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 1

73
M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
1,5 1,5
67
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 13

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
CHOICE of Dimensions Seal s kits:
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter

pressure in the return port. the Capacity
A B M1 - M2
Max. tightening torque of the connexion Nitrile: K5070976 + K102539
Viton: K5070977 + K107116
35 N.m
(For manufacture to since March1986)
1002 71,8 35,9
1003
M3 - M5/M6
1004 Nitrile: K5070976 + K102539
Viton: K5070977 + K107116
1005 81,5 40,7 (For manufacture to since March1986)
1006

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

1002 2,05 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 5000 6000 1000 1200 1400 8000
0,9
1003 3,07 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 5000 6000 900 1100 1400 8000
1004 4,09 150 2175 180 2610 200 2900 4000 5000 700 1200 200
1000 1234567 6000
1234567
bar

1005 5,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3500 4500 500 175
900 bar 1234567
1234567 5000 1,1
1234567
1751234567
1006 6,14 125 1812 140 2030 175 2537 3000 4000 500 900 bar1234567
4500

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
P1 each cycle
bar
F.T 10 1427 1/4

P4
Max. 30s
T Second

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

040
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE AAK
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
DIMENSIONS 2 ways
counter pressure
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
INLET OUTLET pressure
Capacity 1 way rotation with
PORT A PORT B counter pressure
M3
M5 M6
ØC D ØF G ØC D ØF G INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
C 1002

( Square) 1003

14 30 M6 13 14 30 M 6 13 A B B A B A
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC
1004
to
Ø F effective 1006
depth G

F 1002
3/8"
12
3/8"
12
(Threaded) BSP BSP
1003

A B B A B A
ØF
1004 1/2" 3/8"
effective 14 12
to BSP BSP
depth G
1006

X
(with ports)
1002
to Only with rear body Type A
1006
F.T 10 1427 2/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

041
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE AAK
CHOICE of the REAR BODY

MOTORS M1 - M2 (without drain)

L A
Standard Rear ports

18 21 18
22,2 25,4 Ø9 (x2)

29,5
73
73

32
64 64 (4x) M6
effective
depth 9,5
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6 (with drain)

L A
Standard Rear ports

18 21 18
Ø9 (x2)
22,2 25,4

29,5
36,5
73
73

32

64 64 (4x) M6
effective
depth 9,5

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 13

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. Drain port 1/8" BSP effective depth 9 for
bi directional (M3) or single directional
Max. tightening torque of the connexion motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port.
35 N.m
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
35 N.m
F.T 10 1427 3/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

042
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE AAK
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B01 Taper 1 / 8 C01 F

C01 F
A01
F
28,3 ± 0,25 25 ± 0,25
F
16,5 3,3 -0
3 - 0,025
1/4"-28UNF-2A

2,4h9 15 ±0,25 14,8

0,05
± 0,25 - 0,04
2 16 6,63 - 0,09

0
Ø9,9 -
11,5

Ø11
Ø12
Ø12

Ø12

Ø12
5,6 ± 0,15

8,5
- 0,005
Ø10 - 0,014

6 20 5 2 6,8 8
Ø 9,73
10 5
Delivered with nut: K101719

Max. transmissible torque Max. transmissible torque Cannelures en Max. transmissible torque
40 N.m 25 N.m développante 30 N.m
10 x 18 x 0,5
NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
Max. transmissible torque
25 N.m
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

C01 Taper 1/5 C02

F

26 ± 0,25
F

2,5h9 11 ± 0,25
- 0,04
6,5 - 0,09
M8 x 125

Ø11
Ø12

Ø12
- 0,075

9 12 5 7 4
6,8

Delivered with nut: K105890 Max. transmissible torque

Max. transmissible torque 30 N.m

50 N.m
F.T 10 1427 4/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

043
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE BAN
M BA N 1 L
II VI VII IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSION at the DRAINING:

Face of the support
F of the front body 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

A
B 86
4 14 43 M3
- 0,020
- 0,041
r8

34
25,4

A B

26
11,1
Ø 25,32
22,2

88
73

72
73

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 1

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
1,5 1,5 26,25 6,5
67 Direction M1-M5 52,5
68 Direction M2-M6

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 13

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
CHOICE of Dimensions
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter Seal s kits:

pressure in the return port. the Capacity
A B M1 - M2
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
Nitrile: K5074037 Viton: K5074038
35 N.m
1002 71,8 35,9
(For manufacture to since October 1991)
1003 M3 - M5/M6

Nitrile: K5070976 Viton: K5070977

1004
1005 81,5 40,7 (For manufacture to since March1986)

1006

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

1002 2,05 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 5000 6000 1000 1200 1400 8000
0,9
1003 3,07 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 5000 6000 900 1100 1400 8000
1004 4,09 150 2175 180 2610 200 2900 4000 5000 700 1200 200
1000 1234567 6000
1234567
bar

1005 5,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3500 4500 500 175
900 bar 1234567
1234567 5000 1,1
1234567
1751234567
1006 6,14 125 1812 140 2030 175 2537 3000 4000 500 900 bar1234567
4500

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
P1 each cycle
bar
F.T 10 1428 1/4

P4
Max. 30s
T Second

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

044
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE BAN
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
DIMENSIONS 2 ways
counter pressure
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
INLET OUTLET pressure
Capacity 1 way rotation with
PORT A PORT B counter pressure
M3
M5 M6
ØC D ØF G ØC D ØF G INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
C 1002

( Square) 1003
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

14 30 M6 13 14 30 M6 13 A B B A B A
ØC
1004
to
Ø F effective 1006
depth G

F 1002
3/8"
12
3/8"
12
(Threaded) BSP BSP
1003

A B B A B A
ØF
1004 1/2" 3/8"
effective 14 12
to BSP BSP
depth G
1006

X
(with ports)
1002
to Only with rear body Type A
1006
F.T 10 1428 2/4

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

045
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE BAN
CHOICE of the REAR BODY

MOTORS M1 - M2 (without drain)

L A
Standard Rear ports

18 21 18
22,2 25,4 Ø9 (x2)

29,5
73
73

32
64 64 (4x) M6
effective
depth 9,5
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6 (with drain)

L A
Standard Rear ports

18 21 18
Ø9 (x2)
22,2 25,4

29,5
36,5
73
73

32

64 64 (4x) M6
effective
depth 9,5

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 13

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter Drain port 1/8" BSP effective depth 9
pressure in the return port. for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
Max. tightening torque of the connexion pressure in the return port.
35 N.m
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
30 + 50 N.m
F.T 10 1428 3/4

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

046
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE BAN
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B01 Taper 1 / 8 C01 F

C01 F
A01
F
28,3 ± 0,25 25 ± 0,25
F
16,5 3,3 -0
3 - 0,025
1/4"-28UNF-2A

2,4h9 15 ±0,25 14,8

0,05
± 0,25 - 0,04
2 16 6,63 - 0,09

0
Ø9,9 -
11,5

Ø11
Ø12
Ø12

Ø12

Ø12
5,6 ± 0,15

8,5
- 0,005
Ø10 - 0,014

6 20 5 2 6,8 8
Ø 9,73
10 5
Delivered with nut: K101719

Max. transmissible torque Max. transmissible torque Cannelures en Max. transmissible torque
40 N.m 25 N.m développante 30 N.m
10 x 18 x 0,5
NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
Max. transmissible torque
25 N.m
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

C01 Taper 1/5 C02

F

26 ± 0,25
F

2,5h9 11 ± 0,25
- 0,04
6,5 - 0,09
M8 x 125

Ø11
Ø12

Ø12
- 0,075

9 12 5 7 4
6,8

Delivered with nut: K105890 Max. transmissible torque

Max. transmissible torque 30 N.m

50 N.m
F.T 10 1428 4/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

047
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE CBN
M CB N 1 L
II VI VII IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support
F of the front body 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

A 86
B 68
4 14 M3

34
25,4

A B

24
- 0,025
- 0,050

11,1

88
Ø 35
22,2
73

70
73

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 1

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
1,5 1,5 35 6,5
67 Direction M1-M5 r8
70
Direction M2-M6

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 13

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
CHOICE of Dimensions
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter Seal s kits:

pressure in the return port. the Capacity
A B M1 - M2
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
Nitrile: K5074037 Viton: K5074038
35 N.m
1002 71,8 35,9
(For manufacture to since October 1991)
1003 M3 - M5/M6

Nitrile: K5070976 Viton: K5070977

1004
1005 81,5 40,7 (For manufacture to since March1986)

1006

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

1002 2,05 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 5000 6000 1000 1200 1400 8000
0,9
1003 3,07 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 5000 6000 900 1100 1400 8000
1004 4,09 150 2175 180 2610 200 2900 4000 5000 700 1200 200
1000 1234567 6000
1234567
bar

1005 5,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3500 4500 500 175
900 bar 1234567
1234567 5000 1,1
1234567
1751234567
1006 6,14 125 1812 140 2030 175 2537 3000 4000 500 900 bar1234567
4500

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
P1 each cycle
bar
F.T 10 1429 1/4

P4
Max. 30s
T Second

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

048
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE CBN
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
DIMENSIONS 2 ways
counter pressure
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
INLET OUTLET pressure
Capacity 1 way rotation with
PORT A PORT B counter pressure
M3
M5 M6
ØC D ØF G ØC D ØF G INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
C 1002
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

( Square) 1003

14 30 M6 13 14 30 M 6 13 A B B A B A
ØC
1004
to
Ø F effective 1006
depth G

F 1002
3/8"
12
3/8"
12
(Threaded) BSP BSP
1003

A B B A B A
ØF
1004 1/2" 3/8"
effective 14 12
to BSP BSP
depth G
1006

X
(with ports)
1002
to Only with rear body Type A
1006
F.T 10 1429 2/4

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

049
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE CBN
CHOICE of the REAR BODY

MOTORS M1 - M2 (without drain)

L A
Standard Rear ports

18 21 18
22,2 25,4 Ø9 (x2)

29,5
73
73

32
64 64 (4x) M6
effective
depth 9,5
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6 (with drain)

L A
Standard Rear ports

18 21 18
Ø9 (x2)
22,2 25,4

29,5
36,5
73
73

32

64 64 (4x) M6
effective
depth 9,5

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 13

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. Drain port 1/8" BSP effective depth 9
for bi directional (M3) or single directional
Max. tightening torque of the connexion motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port.
35 N.m
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
30 + 50 N.m
F.T 10 1429 3/4

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

050
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE CBN
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B01 Taper 1 / 8 C01 F

C01 F
A01
F
28,3 ± 0,25 25 ± 0,25
F
16,5 3,3 -0
3 - 0,025
1/4"-28UNF-2A

2,4h9 15 ±0,25 14,8

0,05
± 0,25 - 0,04
2 16 6,63 - 0,09

0
Ø9,9 -
11,5

Ø11
Ø12
Ø12

Ø12

Ø12
5,6 ± 0,15

8,5
- 0,005
Ø10 - 0,014

6 20 5 2 6,8 8
Ø 9,73
10 5
Delivered with nut: K101719

Max. transmissible torque Max. transmissible torque Cannelures en Max. transmissible torque
40 N.m 25 N.m développante 30 N.m
10 x 18 x 0,5
NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
Max. transmissible torque
25 N.m
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

C01 Taper 1/5 C02

F

26 ± 0,25
F

2,5h9 11 ± 0,25
- 0,04
6,5 - 0,09
M8 x 125

Ø11
Ø12

Ø12
- 0,075

9 12 5 7 4
6,8

Delivered with nut: K105890 Max. transmissible torque

Max. transmissible torque 30 N.m

50 N.m
F.T 10 1429 4/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

051
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE CBK
M CB K 1 L
II VI VII IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support
F of the front body 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
Ø 35,53

A 86
B 68
4 14 M3

34
25,4

A B

24
- 0,025
- 0,050

11,1

88
Ø 35
22,2
73

70
73

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 1

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
1,5 1,5 35 6,5
67 Direction M1-M5 r8
70
Direction M2-M6

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 13

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
CHOICE of Dimensions Seal s kits:
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter

pressure in the return port. the Capacity
A B M1 - M2
Nitrile: K5074037 + K100240
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
Viton: K5074038 + K103279
35 N.m
(For manufacture to since October 1991)
1002 71,8 35,9 M3 - M5/M6
1003 Nitrile: K5070976 + K100240
Viton: K5070977 + K103279
1004 (For manufacture to since March1986)
1005 81,5 40,7
1006

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

1002 2,05 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 5000 6000 1000 1200 1400 8000
0,9
1003 3,07 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 5000 6000 900 1100 1400 8000
1004 4,09 150 2175 180 2610 200 2900 4000 5000 700 1200 200
1000 1234567 6000
1234567
bar

1005 5,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3500 4500 500 175
900 bar 1234567
1234567 5000 1,1
1234567
1751234567
1006 6,14 125 1812 140 2030 175 2537 3000 4000 500 900 bar1234567
4500

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
P1 each cycle
bar
F.T 10 1430 1/4

P4
Max. 30s
T Second

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

052
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE CBK
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
DIMENSIONS 2 ways
counter pressure
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
INLET OUTLET pressure
Capacity 1 way rotation with
PORT A PORT B counter pressure
M3
M5 M6
ØC D ØF G ØC D ØF G INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
C 1002

( Square) 1003

A B B A B A
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

14 30 M6 13 14 30 M 6 13
ØC
1004
to
Ø F effective 1006
depth G

F 1002
3/8"
12
3/8"
12
(Threaded) BSP BSP
1003

A B B A B A
ØF
1004 1/2" 3/8"
effective 14 12
to BSP BSP
depth G
1006

X
(with ports)
1002
to Only with rear body Type A
1006
F.T 10 1430 2/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

053
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE CBK
CHOICE of the REAR BODY

MOTORS M1 - M2 (without drain)

L A
Standard Rear ports

18 21 18
22,2 25,4 Ø9 (x2)

29,5
73
73

32
64 64 (4x) M6
effective
depth 9,5
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6 (with drain)

L A
Standard Rear ports

18 21 18
Ø9 (x2)
22,2 25,4

29,5
36,5
73
73

32

64 64 (4x) M6
effective
depth 9,5

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 13

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. Drain port 1/8" BSP effective depth 9
for bi directional (M3) or single directional
Max. tightening torque of the connexion motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port.
35 N.m
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
30 + 50 N.m
F.T 10 1430 3/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

054
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE CBK
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B01 Taper 1 / 8 C01 F

C01 F
A01
F
28,3 ± 0,25 25 ± 0,25
F
16,5 3,3 -0
3 - 0,025
1/4"-28UNF-2A

2,4h9 15 ±0,25 14,8

0,05
± 0,25 - 0,04
2 16 6,63 - 0,09

0
Ø9,9 -
11,5

Ø11
Ø12
Ø12

Ø12

Ø12
5,6 ± 0,15

8,5
- 0,005
Ø10 - 0,014

6 20 5 2 6,8 8
Ø 9,73
10 5
Delivered with nut: K101719

Max. transmissible torque Max. transmissible torque Cannelures en Max. transmissible torque
40 N.m 25 N.m développante 30 N.m
10 x 18 x 0,5
NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
Max. transmissible torque
25 N.m
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

C01 Taper 1/5 C02

F

26 ± 0,25
F

2,5h9 11 ± 0,25
- 0,04
6,5 - 0,09
M8 x 125

Ø11
Ø12

Ø12
- 0,075

9 12 5 7 4
6,8

Delivered with nut: K105890 Max. transmissible torque

Max. transmissible torque 30 N.m

50 N.m
F.T 10 1430 4/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

055
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE DCN
M DC N 1 L
II VI VII IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support
F of the front body
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

A
Tightening torque
C M3
20 ± 0,2 N.m 4 B
49
24,5
Ø1
5

r7

25,4
25,4

11,1
A B
- 0,025
- 0,050
Ø 32 f7

8,9
22,2
73

40

73

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 1

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
1,5 1,5 2 holes Ø 8,5
64
67

Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 13
for bi directional (M3) or single directional
CHOICE of Dimensions
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter Seals kits:

pressure in the return port. the Capacity
A B C M1 - M2
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
Nitrile: K5074037 Viton: K5074038
35 N.m
1002
71,8 35,9 63,8 (For manufacture to since October 1991)
1003
M3
1004 Nitrile: K5070976 Viton: K5070977
1005 81,5 40,7 73,5 (For manufacture to since March1986)
1006

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

1002 2,05 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 5000 6000 1000 1200 1400 8000
0,9
1003 3,07 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 5000 6000 900 1100 1400 8000
1004 4,09 150 2175 180 2610 200 2900 4000 5000 700 1200 200
1000 1234567 6000
1234567
bar

1005 5,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3500 4500 500 175
900 bar 1234567
1234567 5000 1,1
1234567
1751234567
1006 6,14 125 1812 140 2030 175 2537 3000 4000 500 900 bar1234567
4500

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
P1 each cycle
bar
F.T 10 1431 1/4

P4
Max. 30s
T Second

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

056
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE DCN
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
DIMENSIONS 2 ways
counter pressure
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
INLET OUTLET pressure
Capacity 1 way rotation with
PORT A PORT B counter pressure
M3
M5 M6
ØC D ØF G ØC D ØF G INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
C 1002

( Square) 1003

A B B A B A
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

14 30 M6 13 14 30 M 6 13
ØC
1004
to
Ø F effective 1006
depth G

F 1002
3/8"
12
3/8"
12
(Threaded) BSP BSP
1003

A B B A B A
ØF
1004 1/2" 3/8"
effective 14 12
to BSP BSP
depth G
1006

X
(with ports)
1002
to Only with rear body Type A
1006
F.T 10 1431 2/4

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

057
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE DCN
CHOICE of the REAR BODY

MOTORS M1 - M2 (without drain)

L A
Standard Rear ports

18 21 18
22,2 25,4 Ø9 (x2)

29,5
73
73

32
64 64 (4x) M6
effective
depth 9,5
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6 (with drain)

L A
Standard Rear ports

18 21 18
Ø9 (x2)
22,2 25,4

29,5
36,5
73
73

32

64 64 (4x) M6
effective
depth 9,5

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 13

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port.

Max. tightening torque of the connexion

35 N.m
F.T 10 1431 3/4

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

058
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE DCN
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B01 Taper 1 / 8 C01 F

C01 F
A01
F
28,3 ± 0,25 25 ± 0,25
F
16,5 3,3 -0
3 - 0,025
1/4"-28UNF-2A

2,4h9 15 ±0,25 14,8

0,05
± 0,25 - 0,04
2 16 6,63 - 0,09

0
Ø9,9 -
11,5

Ø11
Ø12
Ø12

Ø12

Ø12
5,6 ± 0,15

8,5
- 0,005
Ø10 - 0,014

6 20 5 2 6,8 8
Ø 9,73
10 5
Delivered with nut: K101719

Max. transmissible torque Max. transmissible torque Cannelures en Max. transmissible torque
40 N.m 25 N.m développante 30 N.m
10 x 18 x 0,5
NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
Max. transmissible torque
25 N.m
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

C01 Taper 1/5 C02

F

26 ± 0,25
F

2,5h9 11 ± 0,25
- 0,04
6,5 - 0,09
M8 x 125

Ø11
Ø12

Ø12
- 0,075

9 12 5 7 4
6,8

Delivered with nut: K105890 Max. transmissible torque

Max. transmissible torque 30 N.m

50 N.m
F.T 10 1431 4/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

059
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE DCK
M DC K 1 L
II VI VII IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
F of the front body

Ø 32,8 A
Tightening torque
C M3
20 ± 0,2 N.m 4 B
49
24,5
Ø1
5

r7

25,4
25,4

11,1
A B
- 0,025
- 0,050
Ø 32 f7

8,9
22,2
73

40

73

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 1

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
1,5 1,5 2 holes Ø 8,5
64
67

Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 13
for bi directional (M3) or single directional
CHOICE of Dimensions Seals kits:
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter

pressure in the return port. the Capacity
A B C M1 - M2
Nitrile: K5074037 + K108227
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
Viton: K5074038 + K108228
35 N.m
1002 (For manufacture to since October 1991)
71,8 35,9 63,8
1003 M3
Nitrile: K5070976 + K108227
1004 Viton: K5070977 + K108228

1005 81,5 40,7 73,5 (For manufacture to since March1986)

1006

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

1002 2,05 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 5000 6000 1000 1200 1400 8000
0,9
1003 3,07 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 5000 6000 900 1100 1400 8000
1004 4,09 150 2175 180 2610 200 2900 4000 5000 700 1200 200
1000 1234567 6000
1234567
bar

1005 5,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3500 4500 500 175
900 bar 1234567
1234567 5000 1,1
1234567
1751234567
1006 6,14 125 1812 140 2030 175 2537 3000 4000 500 900 bar1234567
4500

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
P1 each cycle
bar
F.T 10 1432 1/4

P4
Max. 30s
T Second

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

060
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE DCK
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
DIMENSIONS 2 ways
counter pressure
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
INLET OUTLET pressure
Capacity 1 way rotation with
PORT A PORT B counter pressure
M3
M5 M6
ØC D ØF G ØC D ØF G INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
C 1002

( Square) 1003

A B B A B A
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

14 30 M6 13 14 30 M 6 13
ØC
1004
to
Ø F effective 1006
depth G

F 1002
3/8"
12
3/8"
12
(Threaded) BSP BSP
1003

A B B A B A
ØF
1004 1/2" 3/8"
effective 14 12
to BSP BSP
depth G
1006

X
(with ports)
1002
to Only with rear body Type A
1006
F.T 10 1431 2/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

061
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE DCK
CHOICE of the REAR BODY

MOTORS M1 - M2 (without drain)

L A
Standard Rear ports

18 21 18
22,2 25,4 Ø9 (x2)

29,5
73
73

32
64 64 (4x) M6
effective
depth 9,5
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6 (with drain)

L A
Standard Rear ports

18 21 18
Ø9 (x2)
22,2 25,4

29,5
36,5
73
73

32

64 64 (4x) M6
effective
depth 9,5

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 13

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. Drain port 1/8" BSP effective depth 9
for bi directional (M3) or single directional
Max. tightening torque of the connexion motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port.
35 N.m
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
30 + 50 N.m
F.T 10 1431 3/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

062
/ 00
 SERIES 1 TYPE DCK
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B01 Taper 1 / 8 C01 F

C01 F
A01
F
28,3 ± 0,25 25 ± 0,25
F
16,5 3,3 -0
3 - 0,025
1/4"-28UNF-2A

2,4h9 15 ±0,25 14,8

0,05
± 0,25 - 0,04
2 16 6,63 - 0,09

0
Ø9,9 -
11,5

Ø11
Ø12
Ø12

Ø12

Ø12
5,6 ± 0,15

8,5
- 0,005
Ø10 - 0,014

6 20 5 2 6,8 8
Ø 9,73
10 5
Delivered with nut: K101719

Max. transmissible torque Max. transmissible torque Cannelures en Max. transmissible torque
40 N.m 25 N.m développante 30 N.m
10 x 18 x 0,5
NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
Max. transmissible torque
25 N.m
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

C01 Taper 1/5 C02

F

26 ± 0,25
F

2,5h9 11 ± 0,25
- 0,04
6,5 - 0,09
M8 x 125

Ø11
Ø12

Ø12
- 0,075

9 12 5 7 4
6,8

Delivered with nut: K105890 Max. transmissible torque

Max. transmissible torque 30 N.m

50 N.m
F.T 10 1431 4/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

063
/ 00
MOTORS PRESENTATION Data sheet
SERIES 2 and 2,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2 FLAT FRONT BODY

F.T 20 1433

HIGHT PRESSURE SHAFT RING Data sheet

F.T 20 1493

- FLAT FRONT BODIES

MOTOR AAN
Data sheet

F.T 20 1434

MOTOR AAK Data sheet

F.T 20 1435

MOTOR AFN
Data sheet

F.T 20 1436

MOTOR APK
Data sheet

F.T 20 1437

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

064
/ 00
 - FLAT FRONT BODIES (rest)

MOTOR BAN
Data sheet

F.T 20 1438

MOTOR CAN Data sheet

F.T 20 1439

MOTOR CEN Data sheet

F.T 20 1440

MOTOR CEK Data sheet

F.T 20 1441

MOTOR DBN
Data sheet

F.T 20 1442

MOTOR DBK
Data sheet

F.T 20 1443

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

065
/ 00
- FLAT FRONT BODIES (rest)

Data sheet
MOTOR DCN
F.T 20 1444

Data sheet
MOTOR DCK
F.T 20 1445

Data sheet
MOTOR DUK
F.T 20 1446

Data sheet
MOTOR DWN
F.T 20 1447

Data sheet
MOTOR DZK
F.T 20 1448

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

066
/ 00
 Series 2 and 2,5 pressure shaft ring only for flat front cover

Applications: 1 Direction of rotation (M1 / M2) with counter-pressure

2 Direction of rotation (M3 - M5 / M6) with counter-pressure on drain line
Pump with feeding pressure

PRESSURE SHAFT RING for MOTORS SERIES 2 and 2,5

Description: Sealing ring with radial effect, single lip with dust lip
VITON external coating
Small sealing lip with spring

Mounting: Mounting in front cover (special machining) of high pressure ring and washer

Running
conditions: P (bar) x V (rev/min) < 31.800 (see below graphic)
P (bar): Pressure on ring
V (rev/min): Shaft rotation speed
Fluids: mineral oils, huiles synthetic oils
Running temperatures: - 40°C to + 100°C
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

50,0

45,0
Counter-pressure and pressure on drain line in bar

40,0

35,0

30,0

25,0

20,0

15,0

10,0

5,0

0,0
500 1000 1500 2000 2100 2500 3000

Rotation speed in rev / min

F.T 20 1493

Example: At 2100 rev/min rotation speed, max pressure on the ring is 15 bar.

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

066
/ 01
 MAIN CHARACTERISTICS
MOTORS SERIES 2

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

Series 2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 1,6
2 2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 1,7
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2 and 2,5

2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
2018 1751234567
1234567
19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,2
2022 1501234567
22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 bar1234567
1234567
3500 2,3
1501234567
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,8
1501234567
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7
1234567

Series 2512 12 200 2900 230 2900 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,3
2,5 2515 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
3500 2,6
bar
2517 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000
1234567
225
bar 3500 2,7
2518 1751234567
19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7
1234567
2522 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 150 1234567
bar 1234567 3500 2,8
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

The working cycles mentioned above are possible with hydraulic mineral oil for between
12 and 150Cst - 65,2 and 700 SUS..
The minimum viscosity of 12 Cst / 65,2 SUS is available for a maximum temperature in the hydraulic circuit.
Working temperatures : - 20 °C (4 °F) to + 80 °C (176 °F) (140 °C / 284 °F with Viton shaft seal).
Full flow filtration from to 10 to 15 micron at the motor inlet or the return circuit.
MAXIMUM PRESSURE:
For the motors with one direction of rotation (M1/M2), the outlet pressure must not exceed 1 bar.
For the motors with two directions of rotation (M5/M6), the pressure in the drain line must not exceed 1 bar.
For the motors with two directions of rotation (M3), the pressure in the drain line must not exceed 1 bar.
For the working conditions exceeding the above mentioned cycles or in case of torque transmission by driving
belt, chain or toothed wheel, please contact our sales department.
(The tests are effected with the oil SHELL Tellus T 46)
The above technical data are valid for motor transmitting the torque by an elastic coupling, perfectly aligned,
without any outside radial and axial forces.

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
P1 each cycle
bar
P
F.T 20 1433 1/12

P4
Max. 30s

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

067
/ 00
 MAIN DIMENSIONS
MOTORS SERIES 2

FLAT FRONT BODY

Flat front bodies: A

AAN / AAK - APK 20
BAN - CAN - DBN / DBK F (Face of the support)
AFN 21
A C E
CEN / CEK 22
B
DCN / DCK - DUK - DWN 18
DZK

35
Port location (capacity): B C

104
2006 - 2008 - 2010 - 2012 23,5 47

16,5
2014 - 2015 - 2017 - 2018 - 2022 2522 31 61,6
2026 - 2030 2515 - 2518 - 2522 38,8 77,7

Rear bodies: E
L 25,5 Flat front body Port location Rear body
A 24,5
X - T 24
Q 50,5
AR 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

THICK FRONT BODY

Thick front bodies: A F (Face of the support)

AAP / AAR 28
ARP / ARK 25 A C E
AVP 28 B
DBP / DBR 51
35

Port location (capacity): B C

2006 - 2008 - 2010 - 2012 23,5 47
104
16,5

2014 - 2015 - 2017 - 2018 - 2022 2522 31 61,6

2026 - 2030 2515 - 2518 - 2522 38,8 77,7

Rear bodies: E
L 25,5 Thick front body Port location Rear body
A 24,5
X - T 24
F.T 20 1433 2/12

Q 50,5
AR 24

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

068
/ 00
 AVAILABILITIES on MOTORS SERIES 2 and 2,5 (FLAT FRONT BODIES)

M II
Sign
III
Sign
IV
Sign 2 VI
Sign
VII
Sign
VIII
Sign
IX
Sign
X
Sign
XI
Sign
XII
Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

DIRECTION of FLAT FRONT CAPACITY PORT LOCATION REAR BODIES (VIII Sign) DRIVING SHAFTS (IX, X and XI Sign)
ROTATION BODIES LEGENDES
(II Sign) (V and VI (VII Sign) TAPERED SPLINNED STRAIGHT TANG
(III and IV Sign) Sign) KEYED
M1 M2 M3 M5 M6
H C B F U X Y L A X ** T ** Q ** AR 10 20 30 40 DIRECTION of ROTATION

M1 = Clockwise
AAN / AAK without counter pressure
M2 = Anti clockwise
without counter pressure

X X X X X M3 = Bi directional
with counter pressure
M5 = Clockwise
AFN with counter pressure
M6 = Anti clockwise
with counter pressure

X X X X X
FRONT BODIES

APK A** = Fixing SAE and ISO

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

B** = Fixing english and Italian

C** = Fixing French
D** = Fixing German
X X X X X
2006
2008
BAN PORT LOCATION
2010
2012 H= HPI Location
X X X X X C= Square location
2014 B= Italian location
2015 F= Threaded ports
CAN
2017 U = SAE location
(SAE J 475)
2018
X = without port
X X X X X
2022
2026
CEN / CEK 2030 REAR BODIES

10 B02 20 A01 30 A01 40 C03

L = Standard
X X X X X 10C02 20C02 30C02
2512 20C18 30 D01
A = with ports
X = high pressure relief valve
2515 Internal return
DBN / DBK 2517 T = high pressure relief valve
2518 External return
X X X X X Q = Internal flow control
2522 AR = with block configuration MBPS

DCN / DCK

X X X X X

DWN

X X X X X
F.T 20 1433 3/12

** Not available in Motors M3

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

069 070
/ 00 / 00
 AVAILABILITIES on MOTORS SERIES 2 and 2,5 (FLAT and THICK FRONT BODIES)

M II
Sign
III
Sign
IV
Sign 2 VI
Sign
VII
Sign
VIII
Sign
IX
Sign
X
Sign
XI
Sign
XII
Sign For CODIFICATION , see data sheet F.T R 0243

DIRECTION of FLAT and THICK CAPACITY PORT LOCATION REAR BODIES (VIII Sign) DRIVING SHAFT (IX, X and XI Sign)
ROTATION FRONT BODIES
(II Sign) (V and VI (VII Sign) TAPERED STRAIGHT SPLINNED TANG
(III and IV Sign) Sign) KEYED
M1 M2 M3 M5 M6
H C B F U X Y L A X ** T ** Q ** AR 10 20 30 40

DUK

X X X X X

DZK
40D02

X X X X X
2006
2008
2010
2012
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

AAP / AAR
2014
2015
2017 10 C07 20 C15
X X X X X
2022
10 C03 20 C03
2026
ARP / ARK
2030

X X X X X 2512
2515 10 C05
AVPBR 2517
2518
X X X X X 2522
10 C06

DBP / DBR

X X X X X

10 C07 20 C15

** Not available in Motors M3

LEGENDES

DIRECTION of ROTATION FRONT BODIES PORT LOCATION REAR BODIES

M1 = Clockwise A** = Fixing SAE H= HPI Location L = Standard

without counter pressure D** = Fixing German C= Square location A = with ports
M2 = Anti clockwise
without counter pressure B= Italian location X = high pressure relief valve
F.T 20 1433 4/12

F= Threaded ports Internal return

M3 = Bi directional U = SAE location T = high pressure relief valve
with counter pressure External return
(SAE J 475)
M5 = Clockwise
with counter pressure X = without port Q = Internal flow control
M6 = Anti clockwise Y = ISO location AR = with block
with counter pressure (ISO 6162) configuration MBPS

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

071 072
/ 00 / 00
 FRONT BODIES SERIES 2 - 2,5

FLAT FRONT BODIES

AAN / AAK AFN APK

51,46 47,16
Ø 146
109 5,94 (3x) Ø 9
Ø 120
106,3
Ø 95

55,1
r12 r 14

43,8
7,86
20,1
36,79
5,5

56,72
(2x) Ø 14

84 44,46 15,94
84
66,05

0 0 - 0,036
Centering: Ø 82,55 - 0,05 Centering: Ø 101,6 - 0,05 Centering: Ø 95 - 0,071
Thickness: 6 Thickness: 6,35 Thickness: 10

AAN : Series 2 F.T 20 1434 AFN : Series 2 F.T 20 1436 APK : Series 2 F.T 20 1437
Series 2,5 F.T 25 1456 Series 2,5 F.T 25 1458 Series 2,5 F.T 25 1459
AAK : Series 2 F.T 20 1435
Series 2,5 F.T 25 1457

BAN CAN CEN / CEK

86
(4x) Ø 8,3 42 44,5
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

71,4 96,8
37,5
(2x) Ø 11
40,5

32,5

9
35

21,5
11

104
96,1

108
112

75
53,5
9

84 37,5
44,5 42

0 - 0,030 - 0,025
Centering: Ø 36,47 - 0,05 Centering: Ø 63,5 - 0,076 Centering: Ø 50 - 0,050
Thickness: 4 Thicknessr: 3,2 Thickness: 4

BAN: Series 2 F.T 20 1438 CAN : Series 2 F.T 20 1439 CEN : Series 2 F.T 20 1440
Series 2,5 F.T 25 1460 Series 2,5 F.T 25 1461 Series 2,5 F.T 25 1462
CEK : Series 2 F.T 20 1441
Series 2,5 F.T 25 1463

DBN / DBK DCN / DCK DWN

88
72 84 84
r 45 (x4) Ø9 60 60
(x2) Ø11,5
(x2) Ø11,5
42,5

34,5

35

35

16,5
116

16,5

104
60

104
65,5

60

r12 r12
F.T 20 1433 5/12

- 0,030 - 0,025 - 0,025

Centering: Ø 80 - 0,060 Centering: Ø 50 - 0,050 Centering: Ø 50 - 0,050
Thickness: 8 Thickness: 6 Thickness: 6

DBN : Series 2 F.T 20 1442 DCN : Series 2 F.T 20 1444 DWN : Series 2 F.T 20 1447
Series 2,5 F.T 25 1464 Series 2,5 F.T 25 1466 Series 2,5 F.T 25 1469
DBK : Series 2 F.T 20 1443 DCK : Series 2 F.T 20 1445
Series 2,5 F.T 25 1465 Series 2,5 F.T 25 1467

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

073
/ 00
 FRONT BODIES SERIES 2 - 2,5

FLAT FRONT BODIES

DUK DZK
84 84
60 60
(x2) Ø11,5
(x2) Ø11,5

35
35

16,5
16,5

104
60

104

60
r12 r12

- 0,030 - 0,030
Centering: Ø 52 - 0,060 Centering: Ø 52 - 0,060
Thickness: 6 Thickness: 6

DUK : Series 2 F.T 20 1446 DZK : Series 2 F.T 20 1448

Series 2,5 F.T 25 1468 Series 2,5 F.T 25 1470

THICK FRONT BODIES

AAP / AAR ARP / ARK AVP

109 130,3 109
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

106,3 106,3 106,3

Ø 95 Ø 95 Ø 95

r12 r12
5,5

5,5
(2x) Ø 11

84 84 84

0 - 0,036 0
Centering: Ø 82,55 - 0,05 Centering: Ø 85 - 0,071 Centrage: Ø 82,55 - 0,05
Thickness: 6 Thickness: 14 Epaisseur: 6
AAP : Series 2 F.T 20 1449 ARP : Series 2 F.T 20 1451 AVP: Série 2 F.T 20 1453
Series 2,5 F.T 25 1471 Series 2,5 F.T 25 1473 Série F.T 25 1475
AAR : Series 2 F.T 20 1450 ARK : Series 2 F.T 20 1452 2,5
Series 2,5 F.T 25 1472 Series 2,5 F.T 25 1474

DBP / DBR
88
72
r 45 (x4) Ø9
42,5

34,5
116

65,5
F.T 20 1433 6/12

- 0,03
Centering: Ø 80 - 0,06
Thickness: 8
DBP : Series 2 F.T 20 1454
Series 2,5 F.T 25 1476
DBR : Series 2 F.T 20 1455
Series 2,5 F.T 25 1477

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

074
/ 00
 PORT LOCATION SERIES 2 - 2,5
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to 15 30 M6 13 15 30 M6 13
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

(Italian)
2012

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1433 7/12

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
075
/ 00
 REAR BODIES SERIES 2 - 2,5

REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24

51,5
35
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24

104
104

38
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1433 8/12

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

076
/ 00
 REAR BODIES SERIES 2 - 2,5

REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

51,5
24
104
104

38
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

27
27

17 on flats

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective
104

depth 17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 123456
123456
X 123456
T 123456
123456
Q 123456
AR
F.T 20 1433 9/12

12345
12345
12345 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

077
/ 00
 DRIVING SHAFT SERIES 2 - 2,5

DRIVING SHAFT (FLAT FRONT BODY)

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
39,8 ± 0,3
31 ± 0,3 F
27,8
7/16"-20UNF-2A

Ø15,837 - 0,051
-0
4
-0
28 12 ± 0,3
3 ± 0,3
Ø 8,02

- 0,025 - 0,03

0
- 0,025
17,5 - 0,2 2,5 20 8 - 0,061
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø17
Ø18
± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 12 25 6 3 8 4
9,4

25
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 3

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
D02
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
38 ± 0,3
F

+ 0,025
31 Ø 15,98
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

± 0,3
22 3

0
3,2
-0
- 0,025 4
-0
- 0,03
2,7 ± 0,3

Ø 22,149
- 0,025
2,5 30 8 - 0,061
20
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø17
Ø18

Ø18
Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 13 25 6 30° Pressure angle 6,5

9,4

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B" Max tightening torque
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

Coupling on request:
C18 * F C02 F
Ref. K102947

36,5 ± 0,3 + 0,098

8 + 0,040 12 Ø18
-0
4 - 0,03 15 ±0,25
- 0,05

Ø 28
Ø18

2,5 25
0
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø9,9

Ø18
Ø18

+ 0,098
8 + 0,040
- 0,018

30 6,5 2
0

10 5
Ø15

Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
40 N.m Spigot on free flanks

* ONLY 2006 to 2012

Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
A08 D01 F A17 F
31 ± 0,3

3,17 - 0,05
-0
23,5 35
Ø16,98 ± 0,063

±0,3 ± 0,3
- 0,011
10/12

2,5 20
0
- 0,2
0

Ø16,5
14339/11

Ø18

Ø18
17,5

Ø18
- 0,006
- 0,017

25 6 3 32 3
201299

17 6,5
Ø16

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
F.T 20

Consult us for availability Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
F.T

50 N.m 100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

086
/ 00
 DRIVING SHAFT SERIES 2 - 2,5

DRIVING SHAFT (THICK FRONT BODY)

Tapered Straight keyed

10 20

AAP / AAR AAP / AAR

C03 Taper 1 / 5 C03

69 F
F
72 56
46
F1
F2
M14 x 150

2,5 20
11 - 0,1

0
0

4 - 0,03 0
4 - 0,03

- 0,006
Ø16 - 0,017
17,5 - 0,1
0
F3 F3

Ø20
25

15,5 19,5

40
Ø 19,4
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

F2 Maxi: 120 daN F1 Maxi: 120 daN

F3 Maxi: 50 daN F3 Maxi: 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

70 N.m 50 N.m

ARP / ARK
C05 Taper 1 / 5

100 F
1,5 54
36,5
F1
13,67 - 0,1
M18 x 250
0

- 0,012
5 - 0,042

F2

12,5
19 25
F.T 20 1433 11/12

Delivered with nut: K106295

F1 Maxi: 350 daN

F2 Maxi: 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque

70 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

087
/ 00
 DRIVING SHAFT SERIES 2 - 2,5

DRIVING SHAFT (THICK FRONT BODY)

Tapered Straight keyed

10 20

DBP / DBR DBP / DBR

C07 Taper 1 / 5 C15

45 F 42 F

19 29
F1
F2
M14 x 150

2,5 20
11 - 0,1

0
0

0
4 - 0,03 4 - 0,03

- 0,006
- 0,017
17,5 - 0,1
F3

0
F3

Ø16

Ø20
25
15,5 19,5
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Delivered with Nut: K102045

F2 Maxi: 120 daN F1 Maxi: 100 daN
F3 Maxi: 50 daN F3 Maxi: 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

50 N.m 50 N.m
F.T 20 1433 12/12

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

088
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAN
M AA N 2 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support
F of the front body
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

6 A 109
B Front body 106,3
12
SAE "A" Ø 95
M3
r 12
35

- 0,05
A B
0

11
22

Ø 82,55

16,5
104
33

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
r 12

1 1 6
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 the Capacity A B
M1 - M2
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

for bi directional (M3) or single directional Nitrile: K5069810 Viton: K5069820

motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
(For manufactur to since january 1984)
pressure in the return port. 006 - 008 - 010
92,5 43,5 M3 - M5/M6
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
012
35 N.m 014 - 015 - 017 Nitrile: K5071067 Viton: K5071068
107 51
018 - 022 (For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 123 59

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 1,6
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 1,7
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000 225
3500 2,1
1234567 bar

2018 19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 1751234567
1234567 3500 2,2
bar
1234567
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar
1234567
1234567 3500 2,3
1501234567
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,8
1234567
1501234567
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 20 1434 1/5

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

081
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAN
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1434 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
082
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1434 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

083
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X
12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1434 4/5

AR
12345
12345
12345 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

084
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAN
DRIVING SHAFT

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
39,8 ± 0,3
31 ± 0,3 F
27,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4 - 0,03
-0
28 ± 0,3 12 ± 0,3
3
Ø 8,02

- 0,025

0
- 0,025
2,5 20 8 - 0,061

Ø15,837 -
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø17
Ø18
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 12 25 6 3 8 4
25
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 3

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
38 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
31 ± 0,3
22 3 Ø 15,98

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 30
20
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
13
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 25 6 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

C18 * F C02 F
36,5 ± 0,3

-0
4 - 0,03 15 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 25
0
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø9,9

Ø18
Ø18
- 0,018

30 6,5 2
0

10 5
Ø15

Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
40 N.m Spigot on free flanks

* ONLY 2006 to 2012

Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
A08 D01 F A17 F
31 ± 0,3
23,5
± 0,063

-0
3,17 - 0,05 ±0,3 35 ± 0,3
- 0,011

2,5 20
0
- 0,2

Ø16,98
0

Ø16,5
17,5

Ø18

Ø18
Ø18
F.T 20 1434 5/5

- 0,006
- 0,017

25 6 3 32 3
17 6,5
Ø16

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Consult us for availability Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

50 N.m 100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

085
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAK
M AA K 2 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support
F of the front body
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

Ø 83,63
6 A 109
B Front body 106,3
12
SAE "A" Ø 95
M3
r 12
35

- 0,05
A B
0

11
22

Ø 82,55

16,5
104
33

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
r 12

1 1 6
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of M1 - M2
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 the Capacity A B
Nitrile: K5069810 + K102901
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

for bi directional (M3) or single directional Viton: K5069820 + K104093

motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
(For manufactur to since january 1984)
pressure in the return port. 006 - 008 - 010
92,5 43,5 M3 - M5/M6
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
012 Nitrile: K5071067 + K102901
35 N.m 014 - 015 - 017 Viton: K5071068 + K104093
107 51
018 - 022
(For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 123 59

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 1,6
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 1,7
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000 225
3500 2,1
123456 bar

2018 19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 175 123456
123456 3500 2,2
bar
123456
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar 123456
123456 3500 2,3
150 123456
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar 123456 3500 2,8
123456
150 123456
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar 123456 3500 2,7

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 20 1435 1/5

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

086
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAK
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1436 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Consult us for availability
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
087
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1435 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

088
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X
12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1435 4/5

AR
12345
12345
12345 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

089
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAK
DRIVING SHAFT

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
39,8 ± 0,3
31 ± 0,3 F
27,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4 - 0,03
-0
28 ± 0,3 12 ± 0,3
3
Ø 8,02

- 0,025

0
- 0,025
2,5 20 8 - 0,061

Ø15,837 -
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø17
Ø18
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 12 25 6 3 8 4
25
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 3

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
38 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
31 ± 0,3
22 3 Ø 15,98

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 20 30
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

9 teeth - SAE "A"

9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
13
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 25 6 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

C18 * F C02 F
36,5 ± 0,3

-0
4 - 0,03 15 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 25
0
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø9,9

Ø18
Ø18
- 0,018

30 6,5 2
0

10 5
Ø15

Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
40 N.m Spigot on free flanks

* ONLY 2006 to 2012

Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
A08 D01 F A17 F
31 ± 0,3
± 0,063

-0
3,17 - 0,05 23,5 ±0,3 35 ± 0,3
- 0,011

2,5 20
0
17,5 - 0,2

Ø16,98
0

Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
Ø18
F.T 20 1435 5/5

- 0,006
- 0,017

25 6 3 32 3
17 6,5
Ø16

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Consult us for availability Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

50 N.m 100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

080
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AFN
M AF N 2 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

F of the front body 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
A
B Ø 146
6,35 18
Ø 120
2 holes Ø 14 M3

r 14

35
- 0,05
A B
0
Ø 82,55

16,5
104

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M2 M1 M2 M1
33

M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 the Capacity A B
M1 - M2
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

for bi directional (M3) or single directional Nitrile: K5069810 Viton: K5069820

motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
(For manufactur to since january 1984)
pressure in the return port. 006 - 008 - 010
92,5 43,5 M3 - M5/M6
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
012
35 N.m 014 - 015 - 017 Nitrile: K5071067 Viton: K5071068
107 51
018 - 022 (For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 123 59

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 1,6
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 1,7
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 1000 225
800 1234567
bar 3500 2,1
2018 1751234567
1234567
19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 3500 2,2
bar
1234567
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar
1234567
1234567 3500 2,3
1234567
1501234567
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,8
1501234567
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7
1234567
On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 20 1436 1/5

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

091
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AFN
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1436 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Consult us for availability
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
092
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AFN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1436 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

093
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AFN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X 12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1436 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

094
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AFN
DRIVING SHAFT (FLAT FRONT BODY)

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
38,8 ± 0,3
30 ± 0,3 F
26,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4
-0
27 ± 0,3 11 ± 0,3
3
Ø 8,02

- 0,025 - 0,03

0
- 0,025
2,5 20 8 - 0,061

Ø15,837 -
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø17
Ø18
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 11 25 5 3 8 3
25
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 2

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
37 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
30 ± 0,3
22 2 Ø 15,98

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 20 30
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
13
- 0,006
- 0,017

12 25 5 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

C18 * F C02 F
35,5 ± 0,3

-0
4 - 0,03 14 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 25
0
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø9,9

Ø18
Ø18
- 0,018

30 5,5 2
0

10 4
Ø15

Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
40 N.m Spigot on free flanks

* ONLY 2006 to 2012

Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
A08 D01 F A17 F
30 ± 0,3
± 0,063

-0
3,17 - 0,05 22,5 ±0,3 34 ± 0,3
- 0,011

2,5 20
0
17,5 - 0,2

Ø16,98
0

Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
Ø18
F.T 20 1436 5/5

- 0,006
- 0,017

25 5 3 32 2
17 5,5
Ø16

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
Consult us for availability
50 N.m 100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

095
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE APK
M 1 AP K 2 VI
Sign H L P P100 * XI
Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support

F of the front body

Ø 95,80
3 holes Ø 9
B 51,46 47,16
10 12 5,94 r8

r 10

r8

55,1

43,8
- 0,036
- 0,071
35

7,86
20,1
Ø 95

16,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

104

36,79
r8

56,72
M1 M1
r 10

1 1 Pignon, delivered mounted 44,46 15,94

86
66,05
Direction M1
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

CHOICE of the PIGNONS Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of
Type 1100 the Capacity A B
M1
Type 1000 Nitrile: K5069810 + X368928
Viton: K5069820
Nb teeth: 28 33 (For manufactur to since january 1984)
Module: 2,54 2,17 006 - 008 - 010
92,5 43,5
Pressure angle: 20° 17° 012
Angle of the helix: 14°8’ 14° 014 - 015 - 017
107 51
Way of the helix: left left 018 - 022
026 - 030 123 59

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 1,6
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 1,7
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 1000 225
800 1234567
bar 3500 2,1
1234567
1234567
2018 19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar1234567 3500 2,2
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 1501234567
1234567 3500 2,3
bar
1234567
1501234567
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,8
1501234567
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7
1234567

Min. 10s
P3 On the hereunder indicated diagram,
P2 the maximum duty pressure are the following.
bar
F.T 20 1437 1/4

P1 P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty

Peack pressure P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty
P

for each cycle

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure
P4 P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

096
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE APK
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

Capacity INLET OUTLET

ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014
ØC to

E
2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

(Italian)

ØC 2014
to
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
12 14
2022 17 UNF 20
UNF
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC 2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14
F.T 20 1437 2/4

2512
E

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

097
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE APK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1437 3/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

098
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE APK
DRIVING SHAFT

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8

F
39,8 ± 0,3
27,8
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
3
Ø 8,02

- 0,025
Ø18
9,4 ± 0,15

12 12
Ø16,65

Delivered with nut: K100841

Maxi transmissible torque

250 N.m
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.
F.T 20 1437 4/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

099
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE BAN
M II
Sign BA N 2 VI
Sign H L IX
Sign
X
Sign
XI
Sign
XII
Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243
PRESSURE at the DRAINING:
Face of the support
F of the front body
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

4
A M3
86
B
12 4 trous Ø 8,3
35,7 35,7

- 0,05

40,5
0

32,5
35

A B
Ø 36,47

112
16,5
104
33

63,6
M2 M1 M2 M1

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1 r8
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 the Capacity A B
M1 - M2
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

for bi directional (M3) or single directional Nitrile: K5069810 Viton: K5069820

motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
(For manufactur to since january 1984)
pressure in the return port. 006 - 008 - 010
92,5 43,5 M3
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
012
35 N.m 014 - 015 - 017 Nitrile: K5071067 Viton: K5071068
107 51
018 - 022 (For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 123 59

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 1,6
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 1,7
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
1234567
2018 19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar1234567
1234567 3500 2,2
2022 1501234567
22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 bar1234567
1234567
3500 2,3
1501234567
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,8
1501234567
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7
1234567
On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
F.T 20 1438 1/5

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

100
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE BAN
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1438 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
101
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE BAN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1438 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

102
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE BAN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X
12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1438 4/5

AR
12345
12345
12345 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

103
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE BAN
DRIVING SHAFT

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
39,8 ± 0,3
31 ± 0,3 F
27,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4 - 0,03
-0
28 ± 0,3 12 ± 0,3
3
Ø 8,02

- 0,025

0
- 0,025
2,5 20 8 - 0,061

Ø15,837 -
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø17
Ø18
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 12 25 6 3 8 4
25
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 3

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
38 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
31 ± 0,3
22 3 Ø 15,98

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 20 30
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

9 teeth - SAE "A"

9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
13
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 25 6 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

C18 * F C02 F
36,5 ± 0,3

-0
4 - 0,03 15 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 25
0
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø9,9

Ø18
Ø18
- 0,018

30 6,5 2
0

10 5
Ø15

Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
40 N.m Spigot on free flanks

* ONLY 2006 to 2012

Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
A08 D01 F A17 F
31 ± 0,3
-0
23,5
Ø16,98 ± 0,063

3,17 - 0,05 ±0,3 35 ± 0,3

- 0,011

2,5 20
0
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
Ø18
F.T 20 1438 5/5

- 0,006
- 0,017

25 6 3 32 3
17 6,5
Ø16

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Consult us for availability Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

50 N.m 100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

104
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE CAN
M CA N 2 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support

F of the front body
PRESSURE at the DRAINING:
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
A
86
B
3,2 12 M3 r 58
2 holes Ø 11

r 10,5

- 0,076
- 0,03
35

A B

19 11
Ø 63,5

16,5

108
104
33

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 r 38 M6 M5

1 1
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2 - M6

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 the Capacity A B
M1 - M2
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

for bi directional (M3) or single directional Nitrile: K5069810 Viton: K5069820

motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
(For manufactur to since january 1984)
pressure in the return port. 006 - 008 - 010
92,5 43,5 M3 - M5/M6
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
012
35 N.m 014 - 015 - 017 Nitrile: K5071067 Viton: K5071068
107 51
018 - 022 (For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 123 59

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 1,6
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 1,7
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000 225
3500 2,1
1234567 bar

2018 19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 1751234567
1234567 3500 2,2
bar
1234567
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar1234567
1234567 3500 2,3
1501234567
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,8
1234567
1501234567
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 20 1439 1/5

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

105
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE CAN
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1439 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Consult us for availability
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
106
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE CAN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1439 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

107
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE CAN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X 12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1439 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

108
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE CAN
DRIVING SHAFT

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
39,8 ± 0,3
31 ± 0,3 F
27,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4
-0
28 ± 0,3 12 ± 0,3
3
Ø 8,02

- 0,025 - 0,03

0
- 0,025
2,5 20 8 - 0,061

Ø15,837 -
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø17
Ø18
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 12 25 6 3 8 4
25
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 3

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
38 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
31 ± 0,3
22 3 Ø 15,98

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 30
20
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
13
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 25 6 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

C18 * F C02 F
36,5 ± 0,3

-0
4 - 0,03 15 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 25
0
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø9,9

Ø18
Ø18
- 0,018

30 6,5 2
0

10 5
Ø15

Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
40 N.m Spigot on free flanks

* ONLY 2006 to 2012

Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
A08 D01 F A17 F
31 ± 0,3
-0
23,5
± 0,063

3,17 - 0,05 ±0,3 35 ± 0,3

- 0,011

2,5 20
0
- 0,2

Ø16,98
0

Ø16,5
17,5

Ø18

Ø18
Ø18
F.T 20 1439 5/5

- 0,006
- 0,017

25 6 3 32 3
17 6,5
Ø16

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Consult us for availability
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

50 N.m 100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

109
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE CEN
M CE N 2 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support

F of the front body PRESSURE at the DRAINING:
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
A
B 42 44,5
4 6 8
37,5
Direction M1-M5 M3

9
- 0,025
- 0,050
35

21,5
A B
Ø 50f7

16,5
104
33

53,5
M2 M1

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

9
1 1 37,5 Direction M2-M6
86 44,5 42

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 the Capacity A B
M1 - M2
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

for bi directional (M3) or single directional Nitrile: K5069810 Viton: K5069820

motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
(For manufactur to since january 1984)
pressure in the return port. 006 - 008 - 010
92,5 43,5 M3 - M5/M6
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
012
35 N.m 014 - 015 - 017 Nitrile: K5071067 Viton: K5071068
107 51
018 - 022 (For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 123 59

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 1,6
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 1,7
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000 225
3500 2,1
1234567 bar

2018 19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 1751234567
1234567 3500 2,2
bar
1234567
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar
1234567
1234567 3500 2,3
1234567
1234567
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 150
bar
1234567 3500 2,8
1501234567
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 20 1440 1/5

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

110
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE CEN
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1440 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
111
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE CEN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1440 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

112
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE CEN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X
12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1440 4/5

AR
12345
12345
12345 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

113
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE CEN
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
37,8 ± 0,3
29 ± 0,3 F
25,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4 - 0,03
-0
26 ± 0,3 10 ± 0,3
3
Ø 8,02

- 0,025

0
- 0,025
2,5 20 8 - 0,061

Ø15,837 -
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø17
Ø18
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 10 25 4 3 8 2
25
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 1

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
36 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
29 ± 0,3 Ø 15,98
22 1

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 30
20
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
13
- 0,006
- 0,017

11 25 4 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

C18 * F C02 F
34,5 ± 0,3

-0
4 - 0,03 13 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 25
0
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø9,9

Ø18
Ø18
- 0,018

30 4,5 2
0

10 3
Ø15

Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
40 N.m Spigot on free flanks

* ONLY 2006 to 2012

Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
A08 D01 F A17 F
29 ± 0,3
± 0,063

-0
3,17 - 0,05 21,5 ±0,3 33 ± 0,3
- 0,011

2,5 20
0
17,5 - 0,2

Ø16,98
0

Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
Ø18
F.T 20 1440 5/5

- 0,006
- 0,017

25 4 3 32 1
17 4,5
Ø16

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle

Consult us for availability Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

50 N.m 100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

114
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE CEK
M CE K 2 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support

F of the front body PRESSURE at the DRAINING:
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
A

Ø 50,80
B 42 44,5
4 6 8
37,5
Direction M1-M5 M3

9
- 0,025
- 0,050
35

21,5
A B
Ø 50f7

16,5
104
33

53,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

9
1 1 37,5 Direction M2-M6
86 44,5 42

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 the Capacity A B
M1 - M2
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Nitrile: K5069810 + K102238

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
Viton: K5069820
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. 006 - 008 - 010 (For manufactur to since january 1984)
94,5 45,5
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
012 M3 - M5/M6

35 N.m 014 - 015 - 017 Nitrile: K5071067 + K102238

109 53 Viton: K5071068
018 - 022
(For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 125 61

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 1,6
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 1,7
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
1234567
1234567
2018 19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar1234567 3500 2,2
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 1501234567
1234567 3500 2,3
bar
1234567
1501234567
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,8
1501234567
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7
1234567
On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 20 1441 1/5

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

115
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE CEK
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1441 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Consult us for availability
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
116
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE CEK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1441 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 17 / 03 / 2011

117
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE CEK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X
12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1441 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

118
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE CEK
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
37,8 ± 0,3
29 ± 0,3 F
25,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4 - 0,03
-0
26 ± 0,3 10 ± 0,3
3
Ø 8,02

- 0,025

0
- 0,025
2,5 20 8 - 0,061

Ø15,837 -
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø17
Ø18
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 10 25 4 3 8 2
25
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 1

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
36 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
29 ± 0,3 Ø 15,98
22 1

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 20 30
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

9 teeth - SAE "A"

9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
13
- 0,006
- 0,017

11 25 4 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

C18 * F C02 F
34,5 ± 0,3

-0
4 - 0,03 13 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 25
0
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø9,9

Ø18
Ø18
- 0,018

30 4,5 2
0

10 3
Ø15

Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
40 N.m Spigot on free flanks

* ONLY 2006 to 2012

Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
A08 D01 F A17 F
29 ± 0,3
± 0,063

-0
3,17 - 0,05 21,5 ±0,3 33 ± 0,3
- 0,011

2,5 20
0
17,5 - 0,2

Ø16,98
0

Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
Ø18
F.T 20 1441 5/5

- 0,006
- 0,017

25 4 3 32 1
17 4,5
Ø16

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
Consult us for availability
50 N.m 100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

119
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBN
M DB N 2 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

F of the front body 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

A 88
B 36 36
8 12
M3 r 45
4 holes Ø 9

42,5

34,5
- 0,030
- 0,060
35

A B

116
Ø 80

16,5
104
33

65,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1 r8
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 the Capacity A B
M1 - M2
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

for bi directional (M3) or single directional Nitrile: K5069810 Viton: K5069820

motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
(For manufactur to since january 1984)
pressure in the return port. 006 - 008 - 010
92,5 43,5 M3 - M5/M6
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
012
35 N.m 014 - 015 - 017 Nitrile: K5071067 Viton: K5071068
107 51
018 - 022 (For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 123 59

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 1,6
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 1,7
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
1234567
1234567
2018 19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar1234567 3500 2,2
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar
1234567
1234567 3500 2,3
1234567
1501234567
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,8
1501234567
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7
1234567
On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 20 1442 1/5

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

120
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBN
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1442 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
121
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1442 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

122
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X
12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1442 4/5

AR
12345
12345
12345 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

123
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBN
DRIVING SHAFT

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
39,8 ± 0,3
31 ± 0,3 F
27,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4
-0
28 ± 0,3 12 ± 0,3
3
Ø 8,02

- 0,025 - 0,03

0
- 0,025
2,5 20 8 - 0,061

Ø15,837 -
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø17
Ø18
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 12 25 6 3 8 4
25
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 3

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
38 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
31 ± 0,3
22 3 Ø 15,98

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 30
20
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
13
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 25 6 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

C18 * F C02 F
36,5 ± 0,3

-0
4 - 0,03 15 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 25
0
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø9,9

Ø18
Ø18
- 0,018

30 6,5 2
0

10 5
Ø15

Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
40 N.m Spigot on free flanks

* ONLY 2006 to 2012

Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
A08 D01 F A17 F
31 ± 0,3
-0
23,5
± 0,063

3,17 - 0,05 ±0,3 35 ± 0,3

- 0,011

2,5 20
0
- 0,2

Ø16,98
0

Ø16,5
17,5

Ø18

Ø18
Ø18
F.T 20 1442 5/5

- 0,006
- 0,017

25 6 3 32 3
17 6,5
Ø16

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Consult us for availability Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

50 N.m 100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

124
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBK
M DB K 2 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

F of the front body 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

A 88

Ø 80,92
B 36 36
8 12
M3 r 45
4 holes Ø 9

42,5

34,5
- 0,030
- 0,060
35

A B

116
Ø 80

16,5
104
33

65,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1 r8
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 the Capacity A B
M1 - M2
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Nitrile: K5069810 + K101517

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
Viton: K5069820 + K104406
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. 006 - 008 - 010 (For manufactur to since january 1984)
92,5 43,5 M3 - M5/M6
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
012
Nitrile: K5071067 + K101517
35 N.m 014 - 015 - 017 Viton: K5071068 + K104406
107 51
018 - 022 (For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 123 59

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 1,6
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 1,7
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 1000 225
800 1234567
bar 3500 2,1
2018 1751234567
1234567
19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 3500 2,2
bar
1234567
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar
1234567
1234567 3500 2,3
1234567
1501234567
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,8
1501234567
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7
1234567
On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 20 1443 1/5

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

125
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBK
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1443 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
126
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1443 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

127
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X
12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1443 4/5

AR
12345
12345
12345 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

128
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBK
DRIVING SHAFT

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
39,8 ± 0,3
31 ± 0,3 F
27,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4
-0
28 ± 0,3 12 ± 0,3
3
Ø 8,02

- 0,025 - 0,03

0
- 0,025
2,5 20 8 - 0,061

Ø15,837 -
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø17
Ø18
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 12 25 6 3 8 4
25
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 3

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
38 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
31 ± 0,3
22 3 Ø 15,98

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 30
20
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
13
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 25 6 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

C18 * F C02 F
36,5 ± 0,3

-0
4 - 0,03 15 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 25
0
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø9,9

Ø18
Ø18
- 0,018

30 6,5 2
0

10 5
Ø15

Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
40 N.m Spigot on free flanks

* ONLY 2006 to 2012

Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
A08 D01 F A17 F
31 ± 0,3
± 0,063

3,17 - 0,05
-0
23,5 ±0,3 35 ± 0,3
- 0,011

2,5 20
0
- 0,2

Ø16,98
0

Ø16,5
17,5

Ø18

Ø18
Ø18
F.T 20 1443 5/5

- 0,006
- 0,017

25 6 3 32 3
17 6,5
Ø16

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Consult us for availability
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

50 N.m 100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

129
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DCN
M DC N 2 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support

F of the front body PRESSURE at the DRAINING:
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
Tightening torque A
50 ± 0,2 N.m B 60
6
2 holes Ø 11,5 M3

- 0,025
- 0,020
35

35
14,5
A B
Ø 50f7

Ø20,4

16,5
104

60
33

104

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1
86
C Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of
the Capacity A B C M1 - M2
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14

for bi directional (M3) or single directional Nitrile: K5069890
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter Viton: K5069820
pressure in the return port. 006 - 008 - 010 (For manufactur to since january 1984)
90,5 41,5 79,5
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
012 M3 - M5/M6

35 014 - 015 - 017 Nitrile: K5073287

N.m 105 49 94 Viton: K5071068
018 - 022
(For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 121 57 110

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 1,6
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 1,7
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
1234567
1234567
2018 19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar1234567 3500 2,2
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar
1234567
1234567 3500 2,3
1234567
1501234567
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,8
1501234567
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7
1234567
On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 20 1444 1/5

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

130
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DCN
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1444 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
131
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DCN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1444 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

132
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DCN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X
12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1444 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

133
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DCN
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
41,8 ± 0,3
33 ± 0,3 F
29,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4 - 0,03
-0
30 ± 0,3 14 ± 0,3
3
Ø 8,02

- 0,025

0
- 0,025
2,5 20 8 - 0,061

Ø15,837 -
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø17
Ø18
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 14 25 8 3 8 6
25
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 5

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
40 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
33 ± 0,3
22 5 Ø 15,98

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 20 30
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

9 teeth - SAE "A"

9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
13
- 0,006
- 0,017

15 25 8 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

C18 * F C02 F
38,5 ± 0,3

-0
4 - 0,03 17 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 25
0
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø9,9

Ø18
Ø18
- 0,018

30 8,5 2
0

10 7
Ø15

Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
40 N.m Spigot on free flanks

* ONLY 2006 to 2012

Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
A08 D01 F A17 F
33 ± 0,3
± 0,063

-0
3,17 - 0,05 25,5 ±0,3 37 ± 0,3
- 0,011

2,5 20
0
17,5 - 0,2

Ø16,98
0

Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
Ø18
F.T 20 1444 5/5

- 0,006
- 0,017

25 8 3 32 5
17 8,5
Ø16

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
Consult us for availability
50 N.m 100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

134
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DCK
M DC K 2 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support

F of the front body PRESSURE at the DRAINING:
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
Tightening torque A

Ø 50,80
50 ± 0,2 N.m B 60
6
2 holes Ø 11,5 M3

- 0,025
- 0,050
35

35
14,5
A B
Ø 50f7

Ø20,4

16,5
104

60
33

104

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1
86
C Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 the Capacity A B C M1 - M2
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

for bi directional (M3) or single directional Nitrile: K5069890 + K101513

motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter Viton: K5069820 + K101326
pressure in the return port. 006 - 008 - 010 (For manufactur to since january 1984)
90,5 41,5 79,5
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
012 M3 - M5/M6

35 014 - 015 - 017 Nitrile: K5073287 + K101513

N.m 105 49 94 Viton: K5071068 + K101326
018 - 022
(For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 121 57 110

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 1,6
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 1,7
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
1234567
1234567
2018 19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar1234567 3500 2,2
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar
1234567
1234567 3500 2,3
1234567
1501234567
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,8
1501234567
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7
1234567
On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 20 1445 1/5

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

135
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DCK
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1445 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Consult us for availability
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
136
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DCK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
104
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1445 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

137
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DCK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X
12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1445 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

138
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DCK
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
41,8 ± 0,3
33 ± 0,3 F
29,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4 - 0,03
-0
30 ± 0,3 14 ± 0,3
3
Ø 8,02

- 0,025

0
- 0,025
2,5 20 8 - 0,061

Ø15,837 -
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø17
Ø18
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 14 25 8 3 8 6
25
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 5

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
40 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
33 ± 0,3
22 5 Ø 15,98

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 30
20
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Ø18

Ø18
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
13
- 0,006
- 0,017

15 25 8 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

C18 * F C02 F
38,5 ± 0,3

-0
4 - 0,03 17 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 25
0
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø9,9

Ø18
Ø18
- 0,018

30 8,5 2
0

10 7
Ø15

Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
40 N.m Spigot on free flanks

* ONLY 2006 to 2012

Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
A08 D01 F A17 F
33 ± 0,3
± 0,063

-0
3,17 - 0,05 25,5 ±0,3 37 ± 0,3
- 0,011

2,5 20
0
17,5 - 0,2

Ø16,98
0

Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
Ø18
F.T 20 1445 5/5

- 0,006
- 0,017

25 8 3 32 5
17 8,5
Ø16

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
Consult us for availability
50 N.m 100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

139
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DUK
M II
Sign DU K 2 VI
Sign H L 4 0 D 02 XII
Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support
F of the front body PRESSURE at the DRAINING:
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

A ATTENTION:

Ø 53,04
Mounting without tightness seal
Tightening torque
C
6 60
50 ± 0,2 N.m B 2 holes Ø 11,5
M3
35

- 0,030
- 0,060

35

14,5
A B

Ø 52f7

16,5
104

104
33

60
Ø20,4

M2 M1 M2 M1

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1
86 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2/M6

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of the
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Capacity A B C M1 - M2
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Nitrile: K5069890 + K102539

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
Viton: K5069820 + K107013
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. 006 - 008 - 010 (For manufactur to since january 1984)
90,5 41,5 79,5 M3 - M5/M6
012
Max. tightening torque of the connexion Nitrile: K5073287 + K102539
014 - 015 - 017 105
35 N.m 49 94 Viton: K5071068 + K107013
018 - 022 (For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 121 57 110

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 1,6
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 1,7
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 1000 225
800 1234567
bar 3500 2,1
2018 1751234567
1234567
19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 3500 2,2
bar
1234567
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar
1234567
1234567 3500 2,3
1234567
1501234567
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,8
1501234567
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7
1234567
On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 20 1446 1/5

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

140
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DUK
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1446 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Consult us for availability
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
141
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DUK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
104
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1446 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

142
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DUK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X
12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1446 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

143
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DUK
DRIVING SHAFT (DUK)

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

D02

F
2,7 ± 0,3
- 0,025
8 - 0,061

Ø17

Ø18
6,5

Max tightening torque

70 N.m

Coupling on request: Ref. K102947

+ 0,098
8 + 0,040 12 Ø18

Ø 28
Ø18
+ 0,098
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

8 + 0,040
F.T 20 1446 5/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 20112

144
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DWN
M DW N 2 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face d'appui du
F Corps Avant PRESSURE at the DRAINING:
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
A
Tightening torque
C 60
50 ± 0,2 N.m 6
B M3

- 0,025
- 0,050
35

35
14,5
A B
Ø 50f7

16,5
104
33

60

104

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
Ø20,4
2 holes Ø 11,5
1 1
86
Direction M1-M6 Direction M2-M6

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 the Capacity A B C M1 - M2
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

for bi directional (M3) or single directional Nitrile: K5069890 Viton: K5069820

motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
(For manufactur to since january 1984)
pressure in the return port. 006 - 008 - 010
90,5 41,5 79,5
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
012 M3 - M5/M6

35 014 - 015 - 017 Nitrile: K5073287 Viton: K5071068

N.m 105 49 94
018 - 022 (For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 121 57 110

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 1,6
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 1,7
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 1000 225
800 1234567
bar 3500 2,1
2018 1751234567
1234567
19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 3500 2,2
bar
1234567
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar
1234567
1234567 3500 2,3
1234567
1501234567
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,8
1501234567
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7
1234567
On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 20 1447 1/5

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

145
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DWN
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1447 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
146
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DWN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38 17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1447 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

147
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DWN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X 12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1447 4/5

AR
12345
12345
12345 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

148
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DWN
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
41,8 ± 0,3
33 ± 0,3 F
29,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4
-0
30 ± 0,3 14 ± 0,3
3
Ø 8,02

- 0,025 - 0,03

0
- 0,025
2,5 20 8 - 0,061

Ø15,837 -
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø17
Ø18
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 14 25 8 3 8 6
25
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 5

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
40 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
33 ± 0,3
Ø 15,98
22 5

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 20 30
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

9 teeth - SAE "A"

9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
13
- 0,006
- 0,017

15 25 8 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

C18 * F C02 F
38,5 ± 0,3

-0
4 - 0,03 17 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 25
0
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø9,9

Ø18
Ø18
- 0,018

30 8,5 2
0

10 7
Ø15

Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
40 N.m Spigot on free flanks

* ONLY 2006 to 2012

Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
A08 D01 F A17 F
33 ± 0,3
± 0,063

3,17 - 0,05
-0
25,5 ±0,3 37 ± 0,3
- 0,011

2,5 20
0
- 0,2

Ø16,98
0

Ø16,5
17,5

Ø18

Ø18
Ø18
F.T 20 1447 5/5

- 0,006
- 0,017

25 8 3 32 5
17 8,5
Ø16

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Consult us for availability
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

50 N.m 100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

149
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DZK
M II
Sign DZ K 2 VI
Sign H L 4 0 D 02 XII
Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support
F of the front body PRESSURE at the DRAINING:
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

A ATTENTION:

Ø 53,04
Mounting without tightness seal
Tightening torque
C
6 60
50 ± 0,2 N.m B 2 holes Ø 11,5
M3
35

- 0,030
- 0,060

35

14,5
A B

Ø 52f7

16,5
104

104
33

60
Ø20,4

M2 M1 M2 M1

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1
86 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2/M6

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of the
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Capacity A B C M1 - M2
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Nitrile: K5069890 + K102539

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
Viton: K5069820 + K107013
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. 006 - 008 - 010 (For manufactur to since january 1984)
90,5 41,5 79,5 M3 - M5/M6
012
Max. tightening torque of the connexion Nitrile: K5073287 + K102539
014 - 015 - 017 105
35 N.m 49 94 Viton: K5071068 + K107013
018 - 022 (For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 121 57 110

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 1,6
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 1,7
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 1,7
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000 225
bar 3500 2,1
1234567
1234567
2018 19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar1234567 3500 2,2
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar
1234567
1234567 3500 2,3
1234567
1501234567
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,8
1501234567
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7
1234567
On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 20 1448 1/5

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

150
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DZK
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1448 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Consult us for availability
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
151
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DZK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
104
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1448 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

152
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DZK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X
12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1448 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

153
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DZK
DRIVING SHAFT (DUK)

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

D02

F
2,7 ± 0,3
- 0,025
8 - 0,061

Ø17

Ø18
6,5

Max tightening torque

70 N.m

Coupling on request: Ref. K102947

+ 0,098
8 + 0,040 12 Ø18

Ø 28
Ø18
+ 0,098
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

8 + 0,040
F.T 20 1448 5/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

154
/ 00
 THICK FRONT BODY
Data sheet
MOTORS PRESENTATION
SERIES 2 and 2,5
F.T 20 1433

- THICK FRONT BODIES

MOTOR AAP Data sheet

F.T 20 1449

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

MOTO R AAR Data sheet

F.T 20 1450

MOTOR ARP Data sheet

F.T 20 1451

MOTOR ARK Data sheet

F.T 20 1452

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

155
/ 00
 - THICK FRONT BODIES (rest)

MOTOR AVP Data sheet

F.T 20 1453

MOTOR DBP Data sheet

F.T 20 1454

MOTOR DBR DBR Data sheet

F.T 20 1455

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

156
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAP
M AA P 2 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support Front body PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

F of the front body SAE "A" 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

6 109
A
B 106,3
12
M3 Ø 95

r 12
35

- 0,05
0

11
Ø 82,55

16,5
104
33

Ø 65

M2 M1 M2 M1

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M6 M5 M6 M5
r 12

1 1 35 28
86 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of
the Capacity A B
M1 - M2
Nitrile: K5069870 + K5069830
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Viton: K5069880 + K5069840
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

for bi directional (M3) or single directional (For manufactur to since january 1984)
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter 006 - 008 - 010
pressure in the return port. 100,5 51,5
012
M3 - M5/M6
Max. tightening torque of the connexion 014 - 015 - 017 Nitrile: K5071067 + K5071069
115 58
35 N.m 018 - 022 Viton: K5071068 + K5071070
(For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 131 67

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 2,7
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 2,8
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000 225 3500 3,2
123456
bar

2018 19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar
123456
123456 3500 3,3
123456
123456
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar 123456 3500 3,4
150 123456
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar 123456 3500 3,8
123456
150 123456
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar 123456 3500 3,9

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
F.T 20 1449 1/5

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

157
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAP
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1449 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
158
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
104
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104

38 17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1449 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

159
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X 12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1449 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

160
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAP
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed

10 20

C03 C03
Taper 1/5

72 F 69 F
46 56
F2 F1
M14 x 150

2,5 20
0,1

0
0

4 - 0,03 0
11 -

4 - 0,03

- 0,006
- 0,017
17,5 - 0,1
0
F3 F3

Ø20
Ø16
25

15,5 19,5

40
Ø 19,4

Delivered with nut: K102045

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

F2 Maxi: 120 daN F1 Maxi: 100 daN

F3 Maxi: 50 daN F3 Maxi: 50 daN

Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

70 N.m 50 N.m
F.T 20 1449 5/5

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

161
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAR
M AA R 2 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support Front body PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

F of the front body SAE "A" 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

Ø 83,63
6 109
A
B 106,3
12
M3 Ø 95

r 12
35

- 0,05
0

11
Ø 82,55

16,5
104
33

Ø 65

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
r 12

1 1 35 28
86 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of
the Capacity A B
M1 - M2
Nitrile: K5069870 + K5069830 + K102901
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Viton: K5069880 + K5069840 + K104093

for bi directional (M3) or single directional (For manufactur to since january 1984)
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter 006 - 008 - 010
pressure in the return port. 100,5 51,5
012
M3 - M5/M6
Max. tightening torque of the connexion 014 - 015 - 017 Nitrile: K5071067 + K5071069 + K102902
115 58
35 N.m 018 - 022 Viton: K5071068 + K5071070 + K104093
(For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 131 67

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 2,7
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 2,8
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000 225
bar 3500 3,2
123456
2018 19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar
123456
123456 3500 3,3
2022 150 123456
123456 3,4
22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 3500
bar
123456
150 123456
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar 123456 3500 3,8
123456
150 123456
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar 123456 3500 3,9

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
F.T 20 1450 1/5

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

162
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAR
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1450 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Consult us for availability
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
163
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAR
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
104
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1450 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

164
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAR
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats

19 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X 12345
12345
T 12345
12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1450 4/5

AR
12345
12345
12345 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 /2012

165
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AAR
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed

10 20

C03 C03
Taper 1/5

72 F 69 F
46 56
F2 F1
M14 x 150

2,5 20
0,1

0
0

4 - 0,03 0
11 -

4 - 0,03

- 0,006
- 0,017
17,5 - 0,1
0
F3 F3

Ø20
Ø16
25

15,5 19,5

40
Ø 19,4

Delivered with nut: K102045

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

F2 Maxi: 120 daN F1 Maxi: 100 daN

F3 Maxi: 50 daN F3 Maxi: 50 daN

Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

70 N.m 50 N.m
F.T 20 1450 5/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

166
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE ARP
M AR P 2 H L 1 0 C05
II VI XII
Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
F of the front body

130,3
A 106,3
B
14 12 Ø 95
M3
2 holes Ø11
35

- 0,036
- 0,071

A B

16,5
Ø 85
104
33

Ø 75

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1 54 25
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of
the Capacity A B
M1 - M2
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Nitrile: K5069830 + K5069870
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

for bi directional (M3) or single directional Viton: K5069840 + K5069880

motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter (For manufactur to since january 1984)
006 - 008 - 010
pressure in the return port. 97,5 48,5
012
M3 - M5/M6
Max. tightening torque of the connexion 014 - 015 - 017 Nitrile: K5071069 + K5069870
35 112 56
N.m 018 - 022 Viton: K5071070 + K5069880
(For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 128 64

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 2,7
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 2,8
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000 225
bar 3500 3,2
123456
2018 19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar
123456
123456 3500 3,3
123456
123456
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar
123456 3500 3,4
150 123456
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar 123456 3500 3,8
123456
150 123456
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar 123456 3500 3,9

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
F.T 20 1451 1/5

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 17 / 03 / 2011

167
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE ARP
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1451 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Consult us for availability
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
168
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE ARP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
104
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1451 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

169
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE ARP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 123456
X
123456
123456
123456
T 123456
123456
Q
F.T 20 1451 4/5

AR
12345
12345
12345 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

170
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE ARP
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered

10

C05
Taper 1/5

100 F
1,5 54
36,5
F1
- 0,1

M18 x 250
0

-0
13,67

5 - 0,03

F2

12,5
19 25
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Delivered with nut: K106295

F1 Maxi: 350 daN

F2 Maxi: 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque

70 N.m
F.T 20 1451 5/5

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

171
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE ARK
M II
Sign AR K 2 VI
Sign H L 1 0 C05 XII
Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
F of the front body

Ø 85,9
130,3
A 106,3
B
14 12 Ø 95
2 holes
M3
Ø11
35

- 0,036
- 0,071

A B

16,5
Ø 85
104
33

Ø 75

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1 54 25
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of
the Capacity A B
M1 - M2
Nitrile: K5069830 + K5069870 + K106139
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Viton: K5069840 + K5069880 + K106139

for bi directional (M3) or single directional (For manufactur to since january 1984)
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter 006 - 008 - 010
pressure in the return port. 97,5 48,5
012
M3 - M5/M6
Max. tightening torque of the connexion 014 - 015 - 017 Nitrile: K5071069 + K5069870 + K106139
112 56
35 N.m 018 - 022 Viton: K5071070 + K5069880 + K106139
(For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 128 64

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 2,7
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 2,8
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000 225
bar 3500 3,2
123456
2018 19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar
123456
123456 3500 3,3
123456
123456
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar
123456 3500 3,4
150 123456
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar 123456 3500 3,8
123456
150 123456
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar 123456 3500 3,9

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
F.T 20 1452 1/5

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

172
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE ARK
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1452 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Consult us for availability
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
173
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE ARK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1452 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

174
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE ARK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X
12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1452 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

175
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE ARK
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered

10

C05
Taper 1/5

100 F
1,5 54
36,5
F1
- 0,1

M18 x 250
0

-0
13,67

5 - 0,03

F2

12,5
19 25
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Delivered with nut: K106295

F1 Maxi: 350 daN

F2 Maxi: 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque

70 N.m
F.T 20 1452 5/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

176
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AVP
M II
Sign AV P 2 VI
Sign H L 1 0 C06 XII
Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

F of the front body 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
109
A 106,3
B
6 12
M3 Ø 95

r 12
35

5,5
- 0,036
- 0,071

A B

16,5
Ø 85
104
33

Ø 65

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1 35 28
86 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of
the Capacity A B
M1 - M2
Nitrile: K102672 + K5069830
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Viton: K106190 + K5069840

for bi directional (M3) or single directional (For manufactur to since january 1984)
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter 006 - 008 - 010
pressure in the return port. 100,5 51,5
012
M3 - M5/M6
Max. tightening torque of the connexion 014 - 015 - 017 Nitrile: K102672 + K5071069
115 58
35 N.m 018 - 022 Viton: K106190 + K5071070
(For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 131 67

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 2,7
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 2,8
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000 225
bar 3500 3,2
123456
2018 19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar
123456
123456 3500 3,3
123456
123456
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar
123456 3500 3,4
150 123456
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar 123456 3500 3,8
123456
150 123456
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar 123456 3500 3,9

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
F.T 20 1453 1/5

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

177
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AVP
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1453 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
178
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AVP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
104
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104

38 17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1453 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

179
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AVP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X 12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1453 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

180
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE AVP
DRIVING SHAFT

Tapered

10

C06 Taper 1/5

85
46
35
F1
M18 x 250

-
5
- 0,1

0,012
0

-
0,042
13,67

F2

12,5
19 25
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Delivered with nut: K106295

F1 Maxi: 350 daN
F2 Maxi: 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque

70 m.daN
F.T 20 1453 5/5

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

181
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBP
II VI IX X XI XII
M Sign DB P 2 Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

F of the front body 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

A 88
B 36 36
8 12 r 45
M3 4 holes Ø 9

42,5

34,5
35

- 0,030
- 0,060

A B

116
16,5
Ø 80
104
33

65,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1 r8
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6
Dimensions Seals kits:
CHOICE of
the Capacity M1 - M2
A B Nitrile: K5069830 + K5069870
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Viton: K5069840 + K5069880

for bi directional (M3) or single directional (For manufactur to since january 1984)
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter 006 - 008 - 010
pressure in the return port. 123,5 74,5
012
M3 - M5/M6
Max. tightening torque of the connexion 014 - 015 - 017 Nitrile: K5071067 + K5073298
138 82
35 N.m 018 - 022 Viton: K5071070 + K5069880
(For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 154 90

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 2,7
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 2,8
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000 225
3500 3,2
123456
123456
bar

2018 19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 175
123456 3500 3,3
123456
bar
2022 22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 150 123456 3500 3,4
bar
123456
150 123456
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar 123456 3500 3,8
123456
150 123456
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar 123456 3500 3,9

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
F.T 20 1454 1/5

bar

P1 each cycle
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

182
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBP
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1454 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
183
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
104
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1454 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

184
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X
12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1454 4/5

AR
12345
12345
12345 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

185
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBP
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed

10 20

C07 Taper 1 / 5 C15

45 F 42 F

19 29
F1
F2
M14 x 150

2,5 20
0,1

0
0

0
4-
11 -

0,03
4 - 0,03

- 0,006
Ø16 - 0,017
17,5 - 0,1
F3 F3

Ø20
25
15,5 19,5
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Delivered with Nut: K102045

F2 Maxi: 120 daN F1 Maxi: 100 daN

F3 Maxi: 50 daN F3 Maxi: 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

50 N.m 50 N.m
F.T 20 1454 5/5

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

186
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBR
M DB R 2 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

F of the front body 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

Ø 80,92
A 88
B 36 36
8 12 r 45
M3 4 holes Ø 9

42,5

34,5
35

- 0,030
- 0,060

A B

116
16,5
Ø 80
104
33

65,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1 r8
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6
Dimensions Seals kits:
CHOICE of
the Capacity A B
M1 - M2
Nitrile: K5069830 + K5069870 + K101517
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Viton: K5069840 + K5069880 + K104406

for bi directional (M3) or single directional (For manufactur to since january 1984)
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter 006 - 008 - 010
pressure in the return port. 123,5 74,5
012
M3 - M5/M6
Max. tightening torque of the connexion 014 - 015 - 017 Nitrile: K5071069 + K5069870 + K101517
138 82
35 N.m 018 - 022 Viton: K5071070 + K5069880 + K104406
(For manufactur to since february 1986)
026 - 030 154 90

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2006 6,45 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1200 1400 4000 2,7
2008 8,25 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1400 4000 2,8
2010 10,12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2012 12 200 2900 230 3335 250 3625 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2014 13,8 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3
2015 15,52 185 2682 200 2900 225 3262 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3,1
2017 17,3 150 2175 175 2537 200 2900 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000 225
bar 3500 3,2
123456
2018 19,12 125 1812 150 2175 175 2537 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar
123456
123456 3500 3,3
2022 150 123456
123456 3,4
22,87 100 1450 125 1812 150 2175 3000 2800 500 800 3500
bar
123456
150 123456
2026 27,6 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2600 500 800 bar 123456 3500 3,8
123456
150 123456
2030 31,2 100 1450 125 1812 150 1450 3000 2300 500 800 bar 123456 3500 3,9

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
F.T 20 1455 1/5

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

187
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBR
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D
2006
to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 20 17,4 38 M 6 15
(HPI)
2012
2014 A B B A B A
ØC to
E

2030
2512 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12
Ø F effective
to
depth G
2522
D
C 2006
to
(Square)
2030
ØC 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2512
to
Ø F effective 2522
depth G

2006
B D
to
2012
15 30 M6 13 15 30 M 6 13
(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ØC 2014
to A B B A B A
4 holes Ø F 2030
2512 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13
effective
depth G to
2522

F 2006
to
3/8"
12
3/4"
16
(Threaded) BSP BSP
2012

Ø F
A B B A B A
effective 2014
depth G to 1/2" 1"
14 18
2022 BSP BSP
2512
2006 7/8" 1"1/16
U to
14
UNF 17
12
UNF 20
(Threaded 2012 2B 2B
SAE J 475)
2014 to 1"5/16 7/8"
2022 12
UNF
17 14
UNF 20 A B B A B A
Ø F 2512 2B 2B

effective 2026-2030 1"1/16 1"5/16

12 12
depth G 2515 to UNF
20 UNF
20
2522 2B 2B

2006
Y D to
2012
15 17,4 38 M8 14 20 17,4 38 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)
2014 to
ØC A B B A B
2022 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14 A
2512
E
F.T 20 1455 2/5

ØF 2026-2030
effective 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
2515 to
depth G 2522

2006
X to
(without ports) 2030
Consult us for availability
Only with rear body Type A
2512
to
2522 PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
188
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBR
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 20 1455 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

189
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBR
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
17,5
104
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 12345
X 12345
12345
12345
T 12345
12345
Q
F.T 20 1455 4/5

AR
12345
12345
12345 Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

190
/ 00
 SERIES 2 TYPE DBR
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed

10 20

C07 Taper 1 / 5 C15

45 F 42 F

19 29
F1
F2
M14 x 150

2,5 20
0,1

0
0

0
4-
11 -

0,03
4 - 0,03

- 0,006
- 0,017
17,5 - 0,1
F3 F3

Ø16

Ø20
25
15,5 19,5
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Delivered with Nut: K102045

F2 Maxi: 120 daN F1 Maxi: 100 daN

F3 Maxi: 50 daN F3 Maxi: 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

50 N.m 50 N.m
F.T 20 1455 5/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

191
/ 00
Data sheet
MOTORS PRESENTATION
SERIES 2 and 2,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5 FLAT FRONT BODY

F.T 20 1433

- FLAT FRONT BODIES

MOTOR AAN Data sheet

F.T 25 1456

MOTOR AAK Data sheet

F.T 25 1457

MOTOR AFN Data sheet

F.T 25 1458

MOTOR APK Data sheet

F.T 25 1459

MOTOR BAN Data sheet

F.T 25 1460

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

192
/ 00
 - FLAT FRONT BODIES (rest)

Data sheet
MOTOR CAN
F.T 25 1461

Data sheet
MOTOR CEN
F.T 25 1462

Data sheet
MOTOR CEK
F.T 25 1463

Data sheet
MOTOR DBN
F.T 25 1464

Data sheet
MOTOR DBK
F.T 25 1465

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

193
/ 00
- FLAT FRONT BODIES (rest)

Data sheet
MOTOR DCN
F.T 25 1466

Data sheet
MOTOR DCK
F.T 25 1467

Data sheet
MOTOR DUK
F.T 25 1468

Data sheet
MOTOR DWN
F.T 25 1469

Data sheet
MOTOR DZK
F.T 25 1470

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

194
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAN
VI IX X XI XII
M II
Sign AA N 2 5 Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
F of the front body

6 A 109
B Front body 106,3
12
SAE "A" Ø 95
M3
r 12
35

- 0,05
0
A B
22

11
Ø 82,55

16,5
104

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

33

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
r 12

1 1 6
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Dimensions Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional CHOICE of
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity M1 - M2
pressure in the return port. A B
Nitrile: K5069810 Viton: K5069820
Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For manufactur to since january 1984)
35 N.m
12 107 51
M3 - M5/M6
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 123 59 Nitrile: K5071067 Viton: K5071068
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,3
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,6
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000
1234567
225
bar 3500 2,7
1751234567
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7
1234567
1234567
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar1234567 3500 2,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1
F.T 25 1456 1/5

each cycle
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

195
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAN
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1456 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
196
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1456 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

197
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 123456
123456
X 123456
123456
T 123456
123456
Q 123456
F.T 25 1456 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456
123456
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

198
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAN
DRIVING SHAFT

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
39,8 ± 0,3 31 ± 0,3 F
27,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4
-0
28 ± 0,3 12 ± 0,3
Ø 8,02

3 - 0,025 - 0,03

0
- 0,025
2,5 20

Ø15,837 -
8 - 0,061
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø18

Ø17
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 12 25 6 3 8 4
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 25 3

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque
100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
38 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
31 ± 0,3
22 3 Ø 15,98

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 20 30
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 13 25 6 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

A08 F C02 F
31 ± 0,3
-0
3,17 - 0,05
15 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 20
17,5 - 0,2

0
0

Ø18

Ø9,9

Ø18
- 0,006
- 0,017

25 6
2
Ø16

10 5

Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Maxi transmissible torque
Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
50 N.m Spigot on free flanks
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
D01 F A17
± 0,063

23,5 ±0,3 35 ± 0,3

- 0,011
0

Ø16,98
Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
F.T 25 1456 5/5

3 32 3
17 6,5

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
Consult us for availability
100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

199
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAK
IX X
AA K 2 5
II VI XI XII
M Sign Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
Face of the support
F of the front body

Ø 83,63
6 A 109
B Front body 106,3
12
SAE "A" Ø 95
M3
r 12
35

- 0,05
0

A B

11
22

Ø 82,55

16,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

104
33

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
r 12

1 1 6
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Dimensions Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional CHOICE of M1 - M2
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity Nitrile: K5069810 + K102901
A B
pressure in the return port. Viton: K5069820 + K104093

Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For manufactur to since january 1984)
12 107 51
35 N.m M3 - M5/M6
Nitrile: K5071067 + K102901
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 123 59 Viton: K5071068 + K104093
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,3
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,6
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000 225
bar 3500 2,7
2518 175 1234567
1234567
19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 bar 1234567 3500 2,7
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar
1234567
1234567 3500 2,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1
F.T 25 1457 1/5

each cycle
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

200
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAK
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1457 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A Consult us for availability
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
201
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1457 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

202
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 123456
123456
X 123456
123456
T 123456
123456
Q 123456
F.T 25 1457 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456
123456
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

203
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAK
DRIVING SHAFT

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
39,8 ± 0,3 31 ± 0,3 F
27,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4
-0
28 ± 0,3 12 ± 0,3
Ø 8,02

3 - 0,025 - 0,03

0
- 0,025
2,5 20

Ø15,837 -
8 - 0,061
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø18

Ø17
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 12 25 6 3 8 4
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 25 3

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque
100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
38 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
31 ± 0,3
22 3 Ø 15,98

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 20 30
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 13 25 6 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

A08 F C02 F
31 ± 0,3
-0
3,17 - 0,05
15 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 20
17,5 - 0,2

0
0

Ø18

Ø9,9

Ø18
- 0,006
- 0,017

25 6
2
Ø16

10 5

Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Maxi transmissible torque
Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
50 N.m Spigot on free flanks
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
D01 F A17
± 0,063

23,5 ±0,3 35 ± 0,3

- 0,011
0

Ø16,98
Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
F.T 25 1457 5/5

3 32 3
17 6,5

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
Consult us for availability
100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

204
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AFN
IX X
AF N 2 5
II VI XI XII
M Sign Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
Face of the support
F of the front body

A
B Ø 146
6,35 18
Ø 120
2 holes Ø 14 M3

r 14

35
- 0,05

A B
0
Ø 82,55

16,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

104
M2 M1 M2 M1
33

M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Dimensions Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional CHOICE of
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity M1 - M2
A B
pressure in the return port. Nitrile: K5069810 Viton: K5069820

Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For manufactur to since january 1984)
12 108 52
35 N.m M3 - M5/M6
Nitrile: K5071067 Viton: K5071068
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 124 60
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,3
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,6
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000
123456
225
bar 3500 2,7
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 175 123456
123456 3500 2,7
bar
150
123456
123456
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 bar 123456 3500 2,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1 each cycle
F.T 25 1458 1/5

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

205
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AFN
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1458 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A Consult us for availability
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
206
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AFN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1458 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

207
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AFN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 123456
123456
X 123456
123456
T 123456
123456
Q 123456
F.T 25 1458 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456
123456
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

208
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AFN
DRIVING SHAFT

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
38,8 ± 0,3 30 ± 0,3 F
26,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4
-0
27 ± 0,3 11 ± 0,3
Ø 8,02

3 - 0,025 - 0,03

0
- 0,025
2,5 20

Ø15,837 -
8 - 0,061
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø18

Ø17
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 11 25 5 3 8 3
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 25 2

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque
100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
37 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
30 ± 0,3
22 2 Ø 15,98

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 20 30
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 12 25 5 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

A08 F C02 F
30 ± 0,3
-0
3,17 - 0,05
14 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 20
17,5 - 0,2

0
0

Ø18

Ø9,9

Ø18
- 0,006
- 0,017

25 5
2
Ø16

10 4

Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Maxi transmissible torque
Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
50 N.m Spigot on free flanks
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
D01 F A17
± 0,063

22,5 ±0,3 34 ± 0,3

- 0,011
0

Ø16,98
Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
F.T 25 1458 5/5

3 32 2
17 5,5

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle

Consult us for availability Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

209
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE APK
VI XI
M 1 AP K 2 5 Sign H L P P100 * Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support

F of the front body

Ø 95,80
3 holes Ø 9
B 51,46 47,16
10 12 5,94 r8

r 10

r8

55,1

43,8
- 0,036
- 0,071
35

7,86
20,1

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

Ø 95

16,5
104

36,79
r8

56,72
M1 M1
r 10

1 1 Pignon, delivered mounted 44,46 15,94

86
66,05
Direction M1
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

CHOICE of the PIGNONS Dimensions Seals kits:

CHOICE of
the Capacity M1
Type 1000 Type 1100 A B Nitrile: K5069810 + X368928
Viton: K5069820
Nb teeth: 28 33 (For manufactur to since january 1984)
Module: 2,54 2,17 12 107 51
Pressure angle: 20° 17°
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 123 59
Angle of the helix: 14°8’ 14°
Way of the helix: left left

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,3
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,6
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000
123456
225
bar 3500 2,7
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 175 123456
123456 3500 2,7
bar
150
123456
123456
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 bar 123456 3500 2,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1 each cycle
F.T 25 1459 1/4

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

210
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE APK
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

Capacity INLET OUTLET

ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 38 M6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12

E
2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M6 12
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC
to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M8 13
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
to 1/2" 1"
Ø F 14 18
2522 BSP BSP
effective
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14 17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF UNF
20
SAE J 475) 2B 2B

Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16

effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 47,6 22,4 M10 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
F.T 25 1459 2/4

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 15 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

211
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE APK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1459 3/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

212
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE APK
DRIVING SHAFT

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8

F
39,8 ± 0,3
27,8
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
Ø 8,02

3 - 0,025
Ø18
9,4 ± 0,15

12 12
Ø16,65

Delivered with nut: K100841

Maxi transmissible torque

250 N.m
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.
F.T 25 1459 4/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

213
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE BAN
VI IX X XI XII
M II
Sign BA N 2 5 Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support
F of the front body
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

4
A M3
86
B
12 4 trous Ø 8,3
35,7 35,7

- 0,05

40,5
0

32,5
35

A B
Ø 36,47

112
16,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

104
33

63,6
M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1 r8
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Dimensions Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional CHOICE of
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity M1 - M2
pressure in the return port. A B
Nitrile: K5069810 Viton: K5069820
Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For manufactur to since january 1984)
35 N.m
12 107 51
M3 - M5/M6
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 123 59 Nitrile: K5071067 Viton: K5071068
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,3
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,6
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000
123456
225
bar 3500 2,7
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 175 123456
123456 3500 2,7
bar
150
123456
123456
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 bar 123456 3500 2,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1
F.T 25 1460 1/5

each cycle
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

214
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE BAN
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1460 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
215
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE BAN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1460 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

216
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE BAN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 123456
123456
X 123456
123456
T 123456
123456
Q 123456
F.T 25 1460 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456
123456
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

217
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE BAN
DRIVING SHAFT

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
39,8 ± 0,3 31 ± 0,3 F
27,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4 - 0,03
-0
28 ± 0,3 12 ± 0,3
Ø 8,02

3 - 0,025

0
- 0,025
2,5 20

Ø15,837 -
8 - 0,061
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø18

Ø17
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
Ø15,875 - 0,014
12 12 25 6 3 8 4
Ø16,65 25 3

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
38 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
31 ± 0,3
22 3 Ø 15,98

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 20 30
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

9 teeth - SAE "A"

9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 13 25 6 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

A08 F C02 F
31 ± 0,3
-0
3,17 - 0,05
15 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 20
17,5 - 0,2

0
0

Ø18

Ø9,9

Ø18
- 0,006
- 0,017

25 6
2
Ø16

10 5

Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Maxi transmissible torque
Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
50 N.m Spigot on free flanks
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
D01 F A17
± 0,063

23,5 ±0,3 35 ± 0,3

- 0,011
0

Ø16,98
Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
F.T 25 1460 5/5

3 32 3
17 6,5

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
Consult us for availability
100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

218
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE CAN
IX X
CA N 2 5
II VI XI XII
M Sign Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
Face of the support
F of the front body

A
86
B
3,2 12 M3 2 holes Ø 11
r 58

- 0,076
r 10,5
- 0,03
35

19 11
A B
Ø 63,5

16,5

108

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

104
33

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 r 38 M6 M5

1 1
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2 - M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Dimensions Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional CHOICE of M1 - M2
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity A B Nitrile: K5069810 Viton: K5069820
pressure in the return port.
(For manufactur to since january 1984)
Max. tightening torque of the connexion M3 - M5/M6
12 107 51
35 N.m Nitrile: K5071067 Viton: K5071068
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 123 59 (For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,3
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,6
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000
123456
225
bar 3500 2,7
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 175 123456
123456 3500 2,7
bar
150
123456
123456
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 bar 123456 3500 2,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1 each cycle
F.T 25 1461 1/5

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

219
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE CAN
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1461 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A Consult us for availability
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
220
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE CAN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1461 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

221
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE CAN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 123456
123456
X 123456
123456
T 123456
123456
Q 123456
F.T 25 1461 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456
123456
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

222
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE CAN
DRIVING SHAFT

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
39,8 ± 0,3 31 ± 0,3 F
27,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4
-0
28 ± 0,3 12 ± 0,3
Ø 8,02

3 - 0,025 - 0,03

0
- 0,025
2,5 20

Ø15,837 -
8 - 0,061
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø18

Ø17
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 12 25 6 3 8 4
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 25 3

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque
100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
38 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
31 ± 0,3
22 3 Ø 15,98

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 20 30
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 13 25 6 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

A08 F C02 F
31 ± 0,3
-0
3,17 - 0,05
15 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 20
17,5 - 0,2

0
0

Ø18

Ø9,9

Ø18
- 0,006
- 0,017

25 6
2
Ø16

10 5

Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Maxi transmissible torque
Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
50 N.m Spigot on free flanks
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
D01 F A17
± 0,063

23,5 ±0,3 35 ± 0,3

- 0,011
0

Ø16,98
Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
F.T 25 1461 5/5

3 32 3
17 6,5

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
Consult us for availability
100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

223
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE CEN
VI IX X XI XII
M II
Sign CE N 2 5 Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
F of the front body

A
B 42 44,5
4 6 8
37,5
Direction M1-M5 M3

9
- 0,025
- 0,050
35

21,5
A B
Ø 50f7

16,5
104

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

33

53,5
M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

9
1 1 37,5 Direction M2-M6
86 44,5 42
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Dimensions Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional CHOICE of
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity M1 - M2
pressure in the return port. A B
Nitrile: K5069810 Viton: K5069820
Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For manufactur to since january 1984)
35 N.m
12 109 53
M3 - M5/M6
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 125 61 Nitrile: K5071067 Viton: K5071068
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,3
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,6
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000
123456
225
bar 3500 2,7
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 175 123456
123456 3500 2,7
bar
150
123456
123456
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 bar 123456 3500 2,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1
F.T 25 1462 1/5

each cycle
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

224
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE CEN
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1462 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
225
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE CEN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1462 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

226
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE CEN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 123456
123456
X 123456
123456
T 123456
123456
Q 123456
F.T 25 1462 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456
123456
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

227
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE CEN
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
37,8 ± 0,3 29 ± 0,3 F
25,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4
-0
26 ± 0,3 10 ± 0,3
Ø 8,02

3 - 0,025 - 0,03

0
- 0,025
2,5 20

Ø15,837 -
8 - 0,061
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø18

Ø17
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
Ø15,875 - 0,014

12 10 25 4 3 8 2
Ø16,65 25 1

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque
100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
36 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
29 ± 0,3
22 1 Ø 15,98

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 20 30
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 11 25 4 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

A08 F C02 F
29 ± 0,3
-0
3,17 - 0,05
13 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 20
17,5 - 0,2

0
0

Ø18

Ø9,9

Ø18
- 0,006
- 0,017

25 4
2
Ø16

10 3

Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
Maxi transmissible torque Spigot on free flanks
50 N.m Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
D01 F A17
± 0,063

21,5 ±0,3 33 ± 0,3

- 0,011
0

Ø16,98
Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
F.T 25 1462 5/5

3 32 1
17 4,5

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Consult us for availability Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

228
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE CEK
VI IX X XI XII
CE K 2 5
II
M Sign Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
F of the front body

A
Ø 50,80
B 42 44,5
4 6 8
37,5
Direction M1-M5 M3

9
- 0,025
- 0,050
35

21,5
A B
Ø 50f7

16,5
104

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

33

53,5
M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

9
1 1 37,5 Direction M2-M6
86 44,5 42
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Dimensions Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional CHOICE of
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity M1 - M2
pressure in the return port. A B
Nitrile: K5069810 + K102238
Viton: K5069820
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
35 N.m
12 109 53 (For manufactur to since january 1984)

M3 - M5/M6
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 125 61 Nitrile: K5071067 + K102238
Viton: K5071068
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,3
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,6
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000
123456
225
bar 3500 2,7
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 175 123456
123456 3500 2,7
bar
150
123456
123456
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 bar 123456 3500 2,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1
F.T 25 1463 1/5

each cycle
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

229
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE CEK
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1463 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A Consult us for availability
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
230
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE CEK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1463 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

231
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE CEK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 123456
123456
X 123456
123456
T 123456
123456
Q 123456
F.T 25 1463 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456
123456
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

232
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE CEK
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
37,8 ± 0,3 29 ± 0,3 F
25,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4
-0
26 ± 0,3 10 ± 0,3
Ø 8,02

3 - 0,025 - 0,03

0
- 0,025
2,5 20

Ø15,837 -
8 - 0,061
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø18

Ø17
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
Ø15,875 - 0,014

12 10 25 4 3 8 2
Ø16,65 25 1

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque
100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
36 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
29 ± 0,3
22 1 Ø 15,98

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 20 30
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 11 25 4 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

A08 F C02 F
29 ± 0,3
-0
3,17 - 0,05
13 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 20
17,5 - 0,2

0
0

Ø18

Ø9,9

Ø18
- 0,006
- 0,017

25 4
2
Ø16

10 3

Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
Maxi transmissible torque Spigot on free flanks
50 N.m Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
D01 F A17
± 0,063

21,5 ±0,3 33 ± 0,3

- 0,011
0

Ø16,98
Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
F.T 25 1463 5/5

3 32 1
17 4,5

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Consult us for availability
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

233
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBN
VI IX X XI XII
M II
Sign DB N 2 5 Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
Face of the support
F of the front body

A 88
B 36 36
8 12 r 45
M3 4 holes Ø 9

42,5

34,5
35

0,030

0,060
A B
-

116
Ø 80

16,5
104

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

33

65,5
M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1 r8
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Dimensions Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional CHOICE of
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity M1 - M2
pressure in the return port. A B
Nitrile: K5069810 Viton: K5069820
Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For manufactur to since january 1984)
35 N.m
12 107 51
M3 - M5/M6
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 123 59 Nitrile: K5071067 Viton: K5071068
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,3
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,6
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000
123456
225
bar 3500 2,7
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 175 123456
123456 3500 2,7
bar
150
123456
123456
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 bar 123456 3500 2,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1
F.T 25 1464 1/5

each cycle
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

234
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBN
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1464 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
235
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1464 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

236
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 123456
123456
X 123456
123456
T 123456
123456
Q 123456
F.T 25 1464 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456
123456
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

237
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBN
DRIVING SHAFT

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
39,8 ± 0,3 31 ± 0,3 F
27,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4
-0
28 ± 0,3 12 ± 0,3
Ø 8,02

3 - 0,025 - 0,03

0
- 0,025
2,5 20

Ø15,837 -
8 - 0,061
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø18

Ø17
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 12 25 6 3 8 4
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 25 3

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque
100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
38 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
31 ± 0,3
22 3 Ø 15,98

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 20 30
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 13 25 6 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

A08 F C02 F
31 ± 0,3
-0
3,17 - 0,05
15 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 20
17,5 - 0,2

0
0

Ø18

Ø9,9

Ø18
- 0,006
- 0,017

25 6
2
Ø16

10 5

Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Maxi transmissible torque
Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
50 N.m Spigot on free flanks
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
D01 F A17
± 0,063

23,5 ±0,3 35 ± 0,3

- 0,011
0

Ø16,98
Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
F.T 25 1464 5/5

3 32 3
17 6,5

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
Consult us for availability
100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

238
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBK
VI IX X XI XII
DB K 2 5
II
M Sign Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
Face of the support
F of the front body

A 88
Ø 80,92 B 36 36
8 12 r 45
M3 4 holes Ø 9

42,5

34,5
- 0,030
- 0,060
35

A B

116
Ø 80

16,5
104

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

33

65,5
M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1 r8
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Dimensions

CHOICE of Seals kits:
for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity
pressure in the return port. A B M1 - M2
Nitrile: K5069810 + K101517
Viton: K5069820 + K104406
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
35 N.m
12 107 51 (For manufactur to since january 1984)
M3 - M5/M6
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 123 59 Nitrile: K5071067 + K101517
Viton: K5071068 + K104406
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,3
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,6
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000
123456
225
bar 3500 2,7
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 175 123456
123456 3500 2,7
bar
150
123456
123456
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 bar 123456 3500 2,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1 each cycle
F.T 25 1465 1/5

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

239
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBK
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1465 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
240
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1465 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

241
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14
35

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 123456
123456
X 123456
123456
T 123456
123456
Q 123456
F.T 25 1465 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456
123456
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

242
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBK
DRIVING SHAFT

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
39,8 ± 0,3 31 ± 0,3 F
27,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4
-0
28 ± 0,3 12 ± 0,3
Ø 8,02

3 - 0,025 - 0,03

0
- 0,025
2,5 20

Ø15,837 -
8 - 0,061
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø18

Ø17
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 12 25 6 3 8 4
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 25 3

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque
100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
38 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
31 ± 0,3
22 3 Ø 15,98

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 20 30
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 13 25 6 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

A08 F C02 F
31 ± 0,3
-0
3,17 - 0,05
15 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 20
17,5 - 0,2

0
0

Ø18

Ø9,9

Ø18
- 0,006
- 0,017

25 6
2
Ø16

10 5

Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Maxi transmissible torque
Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
50 N.m Spigot on free flanks
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
D01 F A17
± 0,063

23,5 ±0,3 35 ± 0,3

- 0,011
0

Ø16,98
Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
F.T 25 1465 5/5

3 32 3
17 6,5

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle

Consult us for availability Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

243
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DCN
IX X XI XII
M II
Sign DC N 2 5 VI
Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support

F of the front body PRESSURE at the DRAINING:
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
Tightening torque A
50 ± 0,2 N.m B 60
6 M3
2 holes Ø 11,5

- 0,025
- 0,050
35

35
14,5
A B
Ø 50f7

Ø20,4

16,5
104

60
33

104

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1
86 Direction M1-M5 M2-M6
C Direction

Dimensions
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
CHOICE of
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity A B C M1 - M2
pressure in the return port. Nitrile: K5069890 + K101513
Viton: K5069820 + K101326
Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For manufactur to since january 1984)
12 105 49 94
35 N.m
M3 - M5/M6
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 120 57 110
Nitrile: K5073287 + K101513
Viton: K5071068 + K101326
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,3
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,6
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000
123456
225
bar 3500 2,7
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 175 123456
123456 3500 2,7
bar
150
123456
123456
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 bar 123456 3500 2,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1 each cycle
F.T 25 1466 1/5

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

244
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DCN
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1466 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
245
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DCN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1466 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

246
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DCN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 123456
123456
X 123456
123456
T 123456
123456
Q 123456
123456
F.T 25 1466 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456
123456
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

247
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DCN
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
41,8 ± 0,3 33 ± 0,3 F
29,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4 - 0,03
-0
30 ± 0,3 14 ± 0,3
Ø 8,02

3 - 0,025

0
- 0,025
2,5 20

Ø15,837 -
8 - 0,061
17,5 - 0,2
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø18

Ø17
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 14 25 8 3 8 6
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 25 5

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque
100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
40 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
33 ± 0,3 Ø 15,98
22 5

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 20 30
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Ø18

Ø18
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 15 25 8 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

F
A08 C02 F
33 ± 0,3
-0
3,17 - 0,05
17 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 20
17,5 - 0,2

0
0

Ø18

Ø9,9

Ø18
- 0,006
- 0,017

25 8
2
Ø16

10 7

Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
50 N.m Spigot on free flanks
Maxi transmissible torque
100 N.m

F
D01 F A17
± 0,063

25,5 ±0,3 37 ± 0,3

- 0,011
0

Ø16,98
Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
F.T 25 1466 5/5

3 32 5
17 8,5

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
Consult us for availability
100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

248
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DCK
IX X XI XII
DC K 2 5
II VI
M Sign Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support
F of the front body 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

Tightening torque
A
50 ± 0,2 N.m Ø 50,80 B 60
6
2 holes Ø 11,5 M3
- 0,025
- 0,020
35

35
14,5
A B
Ø 50f7

16,5
Ø20,4
104

60
33

104

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1
86 C Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Dimensions
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Seals kits:
Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 CHOICE of
for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity A B C M1 - M2
Nitrile: K5069890 + K101513
pressure in the return port.
Viton: K5069820 + K101326
Max. tightening torque of the connexion 12 (For manufactur to since january 1984)
105 49 94
35 N.m M3 - M5/M6
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 120 57 110
Nitrile: K5073287 + K101513
Viton: K5071068 + K101326
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,3
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,6
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000
1234567
225
bar 3500 2,7
1751234567
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7
1234567
1234567
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar1234567 3500 2,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1 each cycle
F.T 25 1467 1/5

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

249
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DCK
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1467 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A Consult us for availability
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
250
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DCK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1467 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

251
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DCK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 123456
123456
X 123456
123456
T 123456
123456
Q 123456
123456
F.T 25 1467 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456
123456
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

252
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DCK
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
41,8 ± 0,3 33 ± 0,3 F
29,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4 - 0,03
-0
30 ± 0,3 14 ± 0,3
Ø 8,02

3 - 0,025

0
- 0,025
2,5 20

Ø15,837 -
17,5 - 0,2 8 - 0,061
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø18

Ø17
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
- 0,014

12 14 25 8 3 8 6
Ø15,875

Ø16,65 25 5

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
40 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
33 ± 0,3 Ø 15,98
22 5

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 20 30
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 15 25 8 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

F
A08 C02 F
33 ± 0,3
-0
3,17 - 0,05
17 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 20
17,5 - 0,2

0
0

Ø18

Ø9,9

Ø18
- 0,006
- 0,017

25 8
2
Ø16

10 7

Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
50 N.m Spigot on free flanks
Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
D01 F A17
± 0,063

25,5 ±0,3 37 ± 0,3

- 0,011
0

Ø16,98
Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
F.T 25 1467 5/5

3 32 5
17 8,5

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
Consult us for availability
100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

253
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DUK
XII
M II
Sign DU K 2 5 VI
Sign H L 4 0 D02 Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
Face of the support
F of the front body
ATTENTION:
Mounting without tightness seal
A
Ø 53,04 C
Tightening torque
6 60
50 ± 0,2 N.m B 2 holes Ø 11,5
M3
35

- 0,030
- 0,060

35

14,5
A B

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

Ø 52f7

16,5
104

104
33

60
Ø20,4

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1
86 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2/M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Dimensions Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
CHOICE of
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity A B C M1 - M2
pressure in the return port. Nitrile: K5069890 + K102539
Viton: K5069820 + K107013
Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For manufactur to since january 1984)
12 105 49 94
35 N.m M3 - M5/M6
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 120 57 110 Nitrile: K5073287 + K102539
Viton: K5071068 + K107013
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,3
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,6
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000
1234567
225
bar 3500 2,7
1751234567
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7
1234567
1234567
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar1234567 3500 2,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1 each cycle
F.T 25 1468 1/5

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

254
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DUK
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1468 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A Consult us for availability
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
255
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DUK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1468 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

256
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DUK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 123456
123456
X 123456
123456
T 123456
123456
Q 123456
123456
F.T 25 1468 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456
123456
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

257
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DUK
DRIVING SHAFT (DUK)

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

D02

F
2,7 ± 0,3
- 0,025
8 - 0,061

Ø17

Ø18
6,5

Max tightening torque

70 N.m

Coupling on request: Ref. K102947

+ 0,098
8 + 0,040 12 Ø18

Ø 28
Ø18
+ 0,098
8 + 0,040
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.
F.T 25 1468 5/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

258
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DWN
IX X XI XII
DW N 2 5
II VI
M Sign Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face d'appui du 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
F Corps Avant

A
Tightening torque
C 60
50 ± 0,2 N.m 6
B M3
- 0,025
- 0,050
35

35
14,5
A B
Ø 50f7

16,5
104
33

60

104

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
Ø20,4
2 holes Ø 11,5
1 1
86
Direction M1-M6 Direction M2-M6

Dimensions
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
CHOICE of
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity A B C M1 - M2
pressure in the return port. Nitrile: K5069890
Viton: K5069820
Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For manufactur to since january 1984)
12 105 49 94
35 N.m
M3 - M5/M6
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 120 57 110
Nitrile: K5073287
Viton: K5071068
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,3
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,6
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000
1234567
225
bar 3500 2,7
1751234567
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7
1234567
1234567
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar1234567 3500 2,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1 each cycle
F.T 25 1469 1/5

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

259
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DWN
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1469 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A Consult us for availability
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
260
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DWN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1469 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

261
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DWN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 123456
123456
X 123456
123456
T 123456
123456
Q 123456
F.T 25 1469 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456
123456
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

262
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DWN
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B02 Cône 1/8 A01 A01 C03

F F F
41,8 ± 0,3 33 ± 0,3 F
29,8

0,051
7/16"-20UNF-2A

-0
4 - 0,03
-0
30 ± 0,3 14 ± 0,3
Ø 8,02

3 - 0,025

0
- 0,025
2,5 20

Ø15,837 -
17,5 - 0,2 8 - 0,061
0

Ø18
Ø18

Ø18
Ø18

Ø17
9,4 ± 0,15

- 0,005
Ø15,875 - 0,014

12 14 25 8 3 8 6
Ø16,65 25 5

Delivered with nut: K100841

Involute spline SAE Standard
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 9 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root Maxi transmissible torque
30° Pressure angle
250 N.m 50 N.m 70 N.m
Maxi transmissible torque
100 N.m

C02 Cône 1 / 5 C02 Sleeve coupling 9 teeth / 13 teeth

Ref.: K.5041310
Mounting with splinned shaft 30 A01
F F
40 ± 0,3

+ 0,025
33 ± 0,3 Ø 15,98
22 5

0
-0 -0
3,2 - 0,025 4 - 0,03

Ø 22,149
2,5 20 30
M 12 x 175

17,5 - 0,2
0
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Ø18

Ø18

Involute spline SAE standard

9 teeth - SAE "A"
9,4 ± 0,15

Pitch 16/32
- 0,006
- 0,017

13 15 25 8 30° Pressure angle

Ø 16,65
Ø16

Involute spline SAE Standard

13 teeth - SAE "B"
Delivered with nut: K106317 Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

220 N.m 50 N.m

F
A08 C02 F
33 ± 0,3
-0
3,17 - 0,05
17 ±0,25
- 0,05

2,5 20
17,5 - 0,2

0
0

Ø18

Ø9,9

Ø18
- 0,006
- 0,017

25 8
2
Ø16

10 7

Involute spline shaft 17x15x1

Standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
Maxi transmissible torque Spigot on free flanks
50 N.m Maxi transmissible torque

100 N.m

F
D01 F A17
± 0,063

25,5 ±0,3 37 ± 0,3

- 0,011
0

Ø16,98
Ø16,5

Ø18

Ø18
F.T 25 1469 5/5

3 32 5
17 8,5

Involute spline shaft B 17 x 14 Involute spline SAE Standard

9 teeth - Standard DIN 5482 - Module 1,6 10 teeth - Pitch 16/32 - Flat root
Spigot on free flanks 20° Pressure angle
Consult us for availability Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
100 N.m 100 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2013

263
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DZK
XII
M II
Sign DZ K 2 5 VI
Sign H L 4 0 D02 Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
Face of the support
F of the front body
ATTENTION:
Mounting without tightness seal
A
Ø 53,04 C
Tightening torque
6 60
50 ± 0,2 N.m B 2 holes Ø 11,5
M3
35

- 0,030
- 0,060

35

14,5
A B

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

Ø 52f7

16,5
104

104
33

60
Ø20,4

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1
86 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2/M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Dimensions Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional
CHOICE of
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity A B C M1 - M2
pressure in the return port. Nitrile: K5069890 + K102539
Viton: K5069820 + K107013
Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For manufactur to since january 1984)
12 105 49 94
35 N.m M3 - M5/M6
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 120 57 110 Nitrile: K5073287 + K102539
Viton: K5071068 + K107013
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,3
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 2,6
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000
1234567
225
bar 3500 2,7
1751234567
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 bar1234567 3500 2,7
1234567
1234567
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar1234567 3500 2,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1 each cycle
F.T 25 1470 1/5

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

264
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DZK
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1470 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A Consult us for availability
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
265
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DZK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5

24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38
17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1470 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

266
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DZK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 123456
123456
X 123456
123456
T 123456
123456
Q 123456
123456
F.T 25 1470 4/5

AR
123456
123456
123456
123456
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

267
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DZK
DRIVING SHAFT (DUK)

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

D02

F
2,7 ± 0,3
- 0,025
8 - 0,061

Ø17

Ø18
6,5

Max tightening torque

70 N.m

Coupling on request: Ref. K102947

+ 0,098
8 + 0,040 12 Ø18

Ø 28
Ø18
+ 0,098
8 + 0,040
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.
F.T 25 1470 5/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

268
/ 00
 THICK FRONT BODY
Data sheet
MOTORS PRESENTATION
SERIES 2 and 2,5
F.T 20 1433

- THICK FRONT BODIES

MOTOR AAP Data sheet

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

F.T 25 1471

MOTO R AAR Data sheet

F.T 25 1472

MOTOR ARP Data sheet

F.T 25 1473

MOTOR ARK Data sheet

F.T 25 1474

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

269
/ 00
 - THICK FRONT BODIES (rest)

MOTOR AVP Data sheet

F.T 25 1475

MOTOR DBP Data sheet

F.T 25 1476

MOTOR DBR DBR Data sheet

F.T 25 1477

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

270
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAP
VI IX X XI XII
M II
Sign AA P 2 5 Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
Face of the support Front body
F of the front body SAE "A"

6 109
A
B 106,3
12
M3 Ø 95

r 12
35

- 0,05
0

11
Ø 82,55

16,5
104

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

33

Ø 65

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
r 12

1 1 35 28
86 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Dimensions Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional CHOICE of
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity A B M1 - M2
pressure in the return port. Nitrile: K5069870 + K5069830
Viton: K5069880 + K5069840
Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For manufactur to since january 1984)
12 115 58
35 N.m
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 131 67 M3 - M5/M6
Nitrile: K5071067 + K5071069
Viton: K5071068 + K5071070
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3,1
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000 225
3500 3,2
123456
123456
bar

2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar 123456
123456
3500 3,3
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar
123456
123456 3500 3,4

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1
F.T 25 1471 1/5

each cycle
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

271
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAP
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1471 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
272
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38 17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1471 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

273
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 1234567
1234567
X 1234567
1234567
T 1234567
1234567
Q 1234567
F.T 25 1471 4/5

AR
12345
12345
12345
12345
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

274
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAP
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed

10 20

C03 C03
Taper 1/5

72 F 69 F
46 56
F2 F1
M14 x 150
0,1

0 2,5 20
0

4 0
11 -

- 0,03
4 - 0,03

- 0,006
- 0,017
17,5 - 0,1
0
F3 F3

Ø20
Ø16
25

15,5 19,5

40
Ø 19,4

Delivered with nut: K102045

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

F2 Maxi: 120 daN F1 Maxi: 100 daN

F3 Maxi: 50 daN F3 Maxi: 50 daN

Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

70 N.m 50 N.m
F.T 25 1471 5/5

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

275
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAR
II VI IX X XI XII
M Sign AA R 2 5 Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
Face of the support Front body
F of the front body SAE "A"

Ø 83,63
6 109
A
B 106,3
12
M3 Ø 95

r 12
35

- 0,05
0

11
Ø 82,55

16,5
104

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

33

Ø 65

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5
r 12

1 1 35 28
86 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Dimensions Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional CHOICE of
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity A B M1 - M2
pressure in the return port. Nitrile: K5069870 + K5069830 + K102901
Viton: K5069880 + K5069840 + K104093
Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For manufactur to since january 1984)
12 115 58
35 N.m
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 131 67 M3 - M5/M6
Nitrile: K5071067 + K5071069 + K102902
Viton: K5071068 + K5071070 + K104093
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3,1
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 8001234567
1000 225
bar 3500 3,2
1234567
1234567
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar 1234567 3500 3,3
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 150 1234567
1234567 3500 3,4
bar

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1 each cycle
F.T 25 1472 1/5

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

276
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAR
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1472 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A Consult us for availability
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
277
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAR
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38 17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1472 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

278
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAR
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 1234567
1234567
X 1234567
1234567
T 1234567
1234567
Q 1234567
F.T 25 1472 4/5

AR
12345
12345
12345
12345
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

279
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AAR
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed

10 20

C03 C03
Taper 1/5

72 F 69 F
46 56
F2 F1
M14 x 150
0,1

0 2,5 20
0

4 0
11 -

- 0,03
4 - 0,03

- 0,006
- 0,017
17,5 - 0,1
0
F3 F3

Ø20
Ø16
25

15,5 19,5

40
Ø 19,4

Delivered with nut: K102045

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

F2 Maxi: 120 daN F1 Maxi: 100 daN

F3 Maxi: 50 daN F3 Maxi: 50 daN

Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

70 N.m 50 N.m
F.T 25 1472 5/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

280
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE ARP
VI
M II
Sign AR P 2 5 Sign H L 1 0 C05 XII
Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
Face of the support
F of the front body

130,3
A 106,3
B
14 12 Ø 95
M3
2 holes Ø11
35

- 0,036
- 0,071

A B

16,5
Ø 85

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

104
33

Ø 75

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1 54 25
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Dimensions Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional CHOICE of
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity A B M1 - M2
pressure in the return port. Nitrile: K5069830 + K5069870
Viton: K5069840 + K5069880
Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For manufactur to since january 1984)
12 112 56
35 N.m
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 128 64 M3 - M5/M6
Nitrile: K5071069 + K5069870
Viton: K5071070 + K5069880
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3,1
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000 225
3500 3,2
1234567
1234567
bar

2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar 1234567 3500 3,3
150 1234567
1234567
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 bar
1234567 3500 3,4

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1 each cycle
F.T 25 1473 1/5

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

281
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE ARP
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1473 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
282
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE ARP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38 17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1473 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

283
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE ARP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 1234567
1234567
X 1234567
1234567
T 1234567
1234567
Q 1234567
F.T 25 1473 4/5

AR
12345
12345
12345
12345
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

284
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE ARP
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered

10

C05
Taper 1/5

100 F
1,5 54
36,5
F1
- 0,1

M18 x 250
0
13,67

-0
5 - 0,03

F2

12,5
19 25
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Delivered with nut: K106295

F1 Maxi: 350 daN

F2 Maxi: 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque

70 N.m
F.T 25 1473 5/5

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

285
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE ARK
VI
AR K 2 5
II
M Sign Sign H L 1 0 C05 XII
Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
Face of the support
F of the front body

Ø 85,9
130,3
A 106,3
B
14 12 Ø 95
M3
2 holes Ø11
35

- 0,036
- 0,071

A B

16,5
Ø 85

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

104
33

Ø 75

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1 54 25
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Dimensions Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional CHOICE of
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity A B M1 - M2
pressure in the return port. Nitrile: K5069830 + K5069870 + K106139
Viton: K5069840 + K5069880 + K106139
Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For manufactur to since january 1984)
12 112 56
35 N.m
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 128 64 M3 - M5/M6
Nitrile: K5071069 + K5069870 + K106139
Viton: K5071070 + K5069880 + K106139
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3,1
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 8001234567
1000 225
bar 3500 3,2
1234567
1234567
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar 1234567 3500 3,3
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 150 1234567
1234567 3500 3,4
bar

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1 each cycle
F.T 25 1474 1/5

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

286
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE ARK
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1474 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A Consult us for availability
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
287
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE ARK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38 17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1474 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

288
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE ARK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 1234567
1234567
X 1234567
1234567
T 1234567
1234567
Q 1234567
F.T 25 1473 4/5

AR
12345
12345
12345
12345
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

289
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE ARK
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered

10

C05
Taper 1/5

100 F
1,5 54
36,5
F1
- 0,1

M18 x 250
0
13,67

-0
5 - 0,03

F2

12,5
19 25
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Delivered with nut: K106295

F1 Maxi: 350 daN

F2 Maxi: 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque
70 N.m
F.T 25 1474 5/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

290
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AVP
II VI XII
M Sign AV P 2 5 Sign H L 1 0 C06 Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
F of the front body

109
A 106,3
B
6 12
M3 Ø 95

r 12
35

5,5
- 0,036
- 0,071

A B

16,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

Ø 85
104
33

Ø 65

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1 35 28
86 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Dimensions Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional CHOICE of
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity A B M1 - M2
pressure in the return port. Nitrile: K102672 + K5069830
Viton: K106190 + K5069840
Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For manufactur to since january 1984)
12 115 58
35 N.m
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 131 67 M3 - M5/M6
Nitrile: K102672 + K5071069
Viton: K106190 + K5071070
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3,1
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000 225
bar 3500 3,2
123456
123456
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar 123456 3500 3,3
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar
123456
123456 3500 3,4

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1
F.T 25 1475 1/5

each cycle
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

291
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AVP
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1475 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
292
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AVP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38 17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1475 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

293
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AVP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 1234567
1234567
X 1234567
1234567
T 1234567
1234567
Q 1234567
F.T 25 1475 4/5

AR
12345
12345
12345
12345
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

294
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE AVP
DRIVING SHAFT

Tapered

10

C06 Taper 1/5

85
46
35
F1
M18 x 250

-
5
- 0,1

0,012
0

-
0,042
13,67

F2

12,5
19 25
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Delivered with nut: K106295

F1 Maxi: 350 daN
F2 Maxi: 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque
70 m.daN
F.T 25 1475 5/5

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

295
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBP
VI IX X XI XII
M II
Sign DB P 2 5 Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

F of the front body 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

A 88
B 36 36
8 12 r 45
M3 4 holes Ø 9

42,5

34,5
35

- 0,030
- 0,060

A B

116
Ø 80

16,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

104
33

65,5
M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1 r8
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Dimensions Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional CHOICE of
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity A B M1 - M2
pressure in the return port. Nitrile: K5069870 + K5069830
Viton: K5069880 + K5069840
Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For manufactur to since january 1984)
12 138 82
35 N.m
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 154 90 M3 - M5/M6
Nitrile: K5071067 + K5071069
Viton: K5071068 + K5071070
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3,1
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 1234567
1000 225
bar 3500 3,2
1234567
1234567
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 175
1234567
bar 3500 3,3
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800
1234567
1234567
150
3500 3,4
bar

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1 each cycle
F.T 25 1476 1/5

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

296
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBP
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1476 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
297
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38 17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1476 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

298
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 1234567
1234567
X 1234567
1234567
T 1234567
1234567
Q 1234567
F.T 25 1476 4/5

AR
12345
12345
12345
12345
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

299
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBP
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed

10 20

C07 Taper 1 / 5 C15

F 42 F
45
19 29
F1
F2
M14 x 150

2,5 20
0,1

0
0

0
4-
11 -

0,03 4 - 0,03

- 0,006
- 0,017
17,5 - 0,1
0
F3 F3

Ø16

Ø20
25
15,5 19,5
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Delivered with Nut: K102045

F2 Maxi: 120 daN F1 Maxi: 100 daN

F3 Maxi: 50 daN F3 Maxi: 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
50 N.m 50 N.m
F.T 25 1476 5/5

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

300
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBR
VI IX X XI XII
DB R 2 5
II
M Sign Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign
For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

F of the front body 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

Ø 80,92
A 88
B 36 36
8 12 r 45
M3 4 holes Ø 9

42,5

34,5
35

- 0,030
- 0,060

A B

116
Ø 80

16,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 2,5

104
33

65,5
M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

1 1 r8
86
Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Drain port 1/4" BSP effective depth 14 Dimensions Seals kits:

for bi directional (M3) or single directional CHOICE of
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter the Capacity A B M1 - M2
pressure in the return port. Nitrile: K5069830 + K5069870 + K101517
Viton: K5069840 + K5069880 + K104406
Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For manufactur to since january 1984)
12 138 82
35 N.m
15 - 17 - 18 - 22 154 90 M3 - M5/M6
Nitrile: K5071069 + K5069870 + K101517
Viton: K5071070 + K5069880 + K104406
(For manufactur to since february 1986)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

2512 12 250 3625 260 3770 280 4060 3000 3200 500 1000 1200 4000 2,8
2515 15,52 240 3480 250 3625 280 4060 3000 3000 500 800 1000 225
bar 3500 3,1
2517 17,3 225 3262 240 3480 250 3625 3000 3000 500 800 123456
1000 225 3500 3,2
123456
bar
123456
2518 19,12 215 3115 225 3262 250 3625 3000 2800 500 800 175
bar 123456
123456
3500 3,3
2522 22,87 190 2755 205 2972 225 3262 3000 2800 500 800 150
bar 123456 3500 3,4

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
bar

P1 each cycle
F.T 25 1477 1/5

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

301
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBR
AFFECTATION
CHOICE of the IMPLANTATIONS of PORTS 1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70 M1 M2 counter
ENTREE SORTIE ENTREE SORTIE
pressure
1 way rotation with
Capacity INLET OUTLET counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

D
H
(HPI)

2512
ØC to 15 17,4 22,4 M 6 12 26 47,6 22,4 M 6 12 A B B A B A
E

2522

Ø F effective
depth G

D
C
(Square)
2512
ØC to 15 35 M6 12 20 40 M 6 12 A B B A B A
2522
Ø F effective
depth G

B D

(Italian)
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

2512
ØC to 15 30 M6 13 23,5 40 M 8 13 A B B A B A
2522
4 holes Ø F
effective
depth G

F
(Threaded)
2512
1/2" 1"
Ø F to
BSP
14
BSP
18 A B B A B A
effective 2522
depth G

U 2512
7/8"
14
17
1"5/16
12
(Threaded UNF
20
UNF
SAE J 475) 2B

A B B A B A
Ø F 2515 1"1/16 1"5/16
effective to 12 12
UNF 20 UNF
20
depth G 2522 2B 2B

Y D
2512 15 17,4 38 M10 14 26 47,6 22,4 M 8 14
(ISO 6162)

ØC
A B B A B A
E
F.T 25 1477 2/5

2515
ØF to 15 17,4 38 M8 14 26 52,4 26,2 M10 14
effective 2522
depth G

X 2512
(without ports)
to Only with rear body Type A Consult us for availability
2522

PUBLISHING 01 / 2013
302
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBR
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
35

51,5
104

104
(2x) 1/2" BSP
effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84
84 24 7,5 14
51,5

51,5
24 24
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

104
104

38 17 on flats
19 on flats
12
(2x) M6
Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Mounting with block configuration MBPS
Flow control
38
Internal return 84 24
26
Block MBPS
51,5

52
104

57 45 32
24 24
30
3/8" BSP (x2)
effective depth 17,5
F.T 25 1477 3/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

303
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBR
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

84
84 25,5 38 24
(2x) 1/2" BSP
35 effective depth 14

51,5
104
33
104

27
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 effective depth 14

X T
High pressure relief valve High pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return (Adjustable) External return

84 24
84 24 7,5
14
(2x) M6
effective depth 14
51,5

24 51,5
104
104

38
27
27

17 on flats
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

19 on flats
12
1/4" BSP 1/4" BSP
effective depth 14 Blank port effective depth 14
connector only
internal return

Q AR
Flow control
Internal return Mounting with block configuration MBPS
38 84
57 45 26 24
24 24
Block MBPS
51,5

52

(2x) 3/8" BSP

effective depth
104

17,5
30

32
1/4" BSP 30
1/4" Gaz effective depth 14
Prof. utile 14

Versions
Code
M3 M5 M6
L
A 1234567
1234567
X 1234567
1234567
T 1234567
1234567
Q 1234567
F.T 25 1477 4/5

AR
12345
12345
12345
12345
Versions not manufactured

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

304
/ 00
 SERIES 2,5 TYPE DBR
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed

10 20

C07 Taper 1 / 5 C15

F 42 F
45
19 29
F1
F2
M14 x 150

2,5 20
0,1

0
0

0
4-
11 -

0,03 4 - 0,03

- 0,006
Ø16 - 0,017
17,5 - 0,1
0
F3 F3

Ø20
25
15,5 19,5
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Delivered with Nut: K102045

F2 Maxi: 120 daN F1 Maxi: 100 daN

F3 Maxi: 50 daN F3 Maxi: 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
50 N.m 50 N.m
F.T 25 1477 5/5

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

305
/ 00
 HYDRAULIK ZAHNRADMOTOREN REIHE 3 FLACHER VORDERKÖRPER
VORSTELLUNG MOTOREN
REIHE 3 Datenblatt

F.T 30 1478
- FLACHER VORDERKÖRPER

MOTOR AAN Datenblatt

F.T 30 1479

MOTOR AAK Datenblatt

F.T 30 1480

MOTOR BAN Datenblatt

F.T 30 1481

MOTOR CBN Datenblatt

F.T 30 1482

MOTOR CBK Datenblatt

F.T 30 1483

Auf Anfrage verfügbar

Aufnahme Katalog Übersicht Vorherige Nächste

AUSGABE 02 / 2012
306
/ 00
 - FLACHER VORDERKÖRPER (Folge)

MOTOR DBN Datenblatt

F.T 30 1484

MOTOR DBK Datenblatt

F.T 30 1485

Auf Anfrage verfügbar

Aufnahme Katalog Übersicht Vorherige Nächste

AUSGABE 02 / 2012
307
/ 00
 MAIN CHARACTERISTICS
MOTORS SERIES 3

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

3025 25 200 2900 225 3260 250 3625 2500 2800 800 1000 1300 3500 5,6
225
3031 31 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 1000 1000 bar 3000 5,6
225
3040 40 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 800 1000 bar 3000 5,7
3050 50 175 2537 205 2972 225 3625 2200 2500 500 800 1000 225
bar 3000 6,9
3060 60 160 2320 185 2682 225 3262 2000 2300 500 1000 200
800 1234567
bar 3000 7
1234567
3071 71 150 2175 175 2537 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567
1234567 2500 7,5

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 3

1234567
3080 80 120 1740 150 2175 200 2900 1700 2000 500 800 175
bar1234567
1234567 2500 7,6
3090 1751234567
90 100 1450 130 2175 175 2537 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 7,8
1234567
1501234567
3100 100 100 1450 125 1812 175 2175 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 8

The working cycles mentioned above are possible with hydraulic mineral oil for between
12 and 150Cst - 65,2 and 700 SUS..
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

The minimum viscosity of 12 Cst / 65,2 SUS is available for a maximum temperature in the hydraulic circuit.
Working temperatures : - 20 °C (4 °F) to + 80 °C (176 °F) (140 °C / 284 °F with Viton shaft seal).
Full flow filtration from to 10 to 15 micron at the motor inlet or the return circuit.
MAXIMUM PRESSURE:
For the motors with one direction of rotation (M1/M2), the outlet pressure must not exceed 1 bar.
For the motors with two directions of rotation (M5/M6), the pressure in the drain line must not exceed 1 bar.
For the motors with two directions of rotation (M3), the pressure in the drain line must not exceed 1 bar.
For the working conditions exceeding the above mentioned cycles or in case of torque transmission by driving
belt, chain or toothed wheel, please contact our sales department.
(The tests are effected with the oil SHELL Tellus T 46)
The above technical data are valid for motor transmitting the torque by an elastic coupling, perfectly aligned,
without any outside radial and axial forces.

Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s
F.T 30 1478 1/10

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

308
/ 00
 MAIN DIMENSIONS
MOTORS SERIES 3

CORPS AVANT PLAT

F (Face of the support)

Flat front bodies: A
AAN / AAK - BAN A C E
25
CBN / CBK - DBN / DBK B

51
Port location (capacity): B C
3020 - 3025 - 3031 - 3040 36,3 72,7

150
3050 - 3060 49,5 99,2
3071 - 3080 - 3090 - 3100 59,2 119,2

Rear bodies: E
L 25
A-V 33
Flat front Port location Rear body
body
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

THICK FRONT BODIES

Thick front bodies: A F (Face of the support)

AAP - ABP / ABR 68
ADP / ADR A C E
ADF 120 B 51

Port location (capacity): B C

3020 - 3025 - 3031 - 3040 36,3 72,7
3050 - 3060 49,5 99,2
150

3071 - 3080 - 3090 - 3100 59,2 119,2

Rear bodies: E
L 25
A-V 33
Thick front Port location Rear body
body
F.T 30 1478 2/10

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

309
/ 00
 AVAILABILITIES on MOTORS SERIES 3 (FLAT FRONT BODIES)

II III IV VI VII VIII IX X XI XII

M Sign Sign Sign 3 Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

DIRECTION OF FLAT FRONT CAPACITY PORT LOCATION DRIVING SHAFTS

REAR BODIES
ROTATION (V and VI (VII Sign) (IX , X and XI Sign)
BODIES (VIII Sign)
(II Sign) Sign)
(III and IV Sign) TAPERED STRAIGHT SPLINNED TANG
M1 M2 M3 M5 M6
KEYED
H B X L A V* 10 20 30 40

AAN / AAK

X X X X X

3025
BAN
3031
3040
X X X X X
3050
3060
CBN / CBK 3071
3080
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

10 B03 20 A02 30 A02 40 C04

X X X X X 3090 10 B04 20 C04 30 C03
3100 10C04 30 C07

DBN / DBK

X X X X X

* only for Motors M1 / M2

(without counter pressure)

LEGENDES

DIRECTION of ROTATION FRONT BODIES PORT LOCATION REAR BODIES

A** = Fixing SAE and ISO H= HPI Location

M1 = Clockwise BAN = Fixing english and Italian B= Italian location L = Standard
without counter pressure A = with ports
M2 = Anti clockwise CB* = Fixing French X= without port
without counter pressure DB* = Fixing German X= low pressure relief valve
Internal return
M3 = Bi directional
with counter pressure
M5 = Clockwise A** = Fixation SAE et ISO
with counter pressure BAN = Fixation Anglaise et Italienne
M6 = Anti clockwise
CB* = Fixation Française
with counter pressure
DB* = Fixation Allemande
F.T 30 1478 3/10

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 04 / 11 / 2013

310 311
/ 00 / 00
 AVAILABILITIES on MOTORS SERIES 3 (THICK FRONT BODIES)

M II
Sign
III
Sign
IV
Sign 3 VI
Sign
VII
Sign
VIII
Sign
IX
Sign
X
Sign
XI
Sign
XII
Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

DIRECTION OF THICK FRONT CAPACITY PORT LOCATION REAR BODIES DRIVING SHAFTS
ROTATION (V and VI (VII Sign) (VIII Sign) (IX , X and XI Sign)
BODIES
(II Sign) Sign)
(III and IV Sign) TAPERED STRAIGHT SPLINNED TANG
M1 M2 M3 M5 M6
KEYED
H B X L A V* 10 20 30 40

AAP

X X X X X

ABP / ABR
3025
3031
X X X X X
3040
20 A04 30 A04
3050 20 A05 30 A19
ADP / ADR 3060 20 A07 30 A20

3071
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

3080
X X X X X 3090
3100
ADF

X X X X X

20 A05

* only for Motors M1 / M2

(without counter pressure)

LEGENDES

DIRECTION of ROTATION FRONT BODIES PORT LOCATION REAR BODIES

A** = Fixing SAE and ISO H= HPI Location

M1 = Clockwise B= Italian location L = Standard
without counter pressure A = with ports
M2 = Anti clockwise X= without port
without counter pressure X = low pressure relief valve
Internal return
M3 = Bi directional
with counter pressure
M5 = Clockwise
with counter pressure
M6 = Anti clockwise
with counter pressure
F.T 30 1478 4/10

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

312 313
/ 00 / 00
 FLAT FRONT BODIES SERIES 3

CORPS AVANT PLAT

AAN / AAK BAN CBN / CBK

146 55 55 55 55
42,9 42,9 r6 42,9 42,9 r6
Ø 120

r 14

56,9

56,9
42,9

42,9
32,5
32,5
156,1

156,1
128,1

128,1
77,5
77,5
(2x) Ø14

r4,25 r4,25
r 10 r 10

r 14 118 r 14 118
114

0 0 - 0,03
Centering: Ø 101,6 - 0,05 Centering: Ø 50,78 - 0,05 Centering: Ø 65- 0,06
Thickness: 6,35 (AAN) 8,1 (AAK) Thickness: 5 Thickness: 5
AAN : F.T 30 1479 BAN: F.T 30 1481 CBN : F.T 30 1482
AAK : F.T 30 1480 CBK : F.T 30 1483

Centering: Ø 22
Thickness: 4
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

DBN / DBK

118,5
85,8
58

48
165

97

r10

r10
(4x) Ø10,5

- 0,036
Centering: Ø 105 - 0,071
Thickness: 8
DBN : F.T 30 1484
DBK : F.T 30 1485
F.T 30 1478 5/10

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 04 / 11 / 2013

314
/ 00
 THICK FRONT BODIES SERIES 3

CORPS AVANT EPAIS

AAP ABP / ABR ADF

130,3 146
146 106,3
Ø 95
Ø 161,9

51

146
150
(2x) Ø14,3 (2x) Ø11
(4x) Ø14,3

114 114

-0 -0 -0
Centering: Ø 101,6 - 0,05 Centering: Ø 82,55 - 0,05 Centering: Ø 127 - 0,05
Thickness: 6,35 Thickness: 6,35 Thickness: 6,35

AAP : F.T 30 1486 ABP : F.T 30 1488 ADF : F.T 30 1490

AAR : F.T 30 1487 ABR : F.T 30 1489
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

ADP / ADR
146

Ø 161,9
146

(4x) Ø14,3

-0
Centering: Ø 127 - 0,05
Thickness: 6,35
ADP : F.T 30 1491
ADR : F.T 30 1492
F.T 30 1478 6/10

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

315
/ 00
 PORT LOCATION SERIES 3

CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
INLET pressure
Capacity OUTLET 1 way rotation without
counter pressure
A B M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D 3025
to 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17
(HPI) 3040

3050
3060
22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 A B B A B A
ØC
E

ØF 3071
effective depth G to 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17
3100
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

B D
3025
to 18 40 M 8 16 27 51 M10 16 A B B A B A
(Italian) 3040
ØC
3050
3060

4 holes Ø F 3071
effective to
depth G 3100

X 3025
to
(without ports)
3040

3050
Only with rear body Type A
3060

3071
to
3100
F.T 30 1478 7/10

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

316
/ 00
 REAR BODIES SERIES 3

REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19

51

75
150

150
112 112

V
Low pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return
109
21,5 33 32
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

75
150

27 on flats

112

REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19
51

75
48

150
150

45

112 112
F.T 30 1478 8/10

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 11
for bi directional (M3) or single directional for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. pressure in the return port.

Max. tightening torque of the connexion Max. tightening torque of the connexion
50 N.m 50 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

317
/ 00
 DRIVING SHAFTS SERIES 3

DRIVING SHAFT (FLAT FRONT BODY)

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B03 Taper 1/8 A02 A02 C04

F F F
47± 0,35
41,2 ± 0,35 F
14,4 26,6 6
9/16"-18UNF-2A

-0
6,35 41,2 ± 0,35

Ø22,187 - 0,052
- 0,03
-0 10 ± 0,35
4 - 0,03

0
25 - 0,052 4 25 12
- 0,015
- 0,034
-0

Ø26
Ø26

Ø26
Ø24
Ø26
± 0,2

- 0,03

25
11,8

11,2 7,9
-0

33,3 8,5 1,5

7,9
Ø22,22

33,3
Ø21,59
Involute spline SAE Standard
13 teeth - 7/8" -
Delivered with Nut Ref.: K100734 Diametral Pitch 16/32
and lock washer Ref.: K103945 30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
530 N.m 290 N.m 390 N.m 70 N.m

B04 Taper 1/8 C04 C03

F F F
57,5 ± 0,35
52 ± 0,35
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

16 36 5,5 - 0,004
6 - 0,012
5/8"-18UNF-2A

-0 57 ± 0,35
4,8
- 0,052

- 0,03 5 36
- 0,1
-0

0
Ø24,6
26,5

Ø26
Ø26

Ø26
± 0,2

Ø24g6
14,2

16,5 45 7 46 1,3
+ 0,08
0
Ø24,63 9,7

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K101877

Involute spline shaft
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 25 x 13 x 1,667
to standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
800 N.m 320 N.m Spigot on free flanks

Maxi transmissible torque

66,5 N.m

C04 Taper 1/5 C07

F F
49 ± 0,35

16 30 3
5/8"-18UNF-2A

± 0,35
-0 22
4,8 - 0,03
- 0,1
0
Ø24,6
Ø26

Ø26
± 0,2

15
14,2

16,5
Ø24,63

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K101712

Involute spline shaft
Maxi transmissible torque 25 x 13 x 1,667
to standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
800 N.m Spigot on free flanks
F.T 30 1478 9/10

Maxi transmissible torque

48 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

318
/ 00
 DRIVING SHAFTS SERIES 3
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

A04 SAE "BB" A04

46 ± 0,35 F 55 ± 0,35 F
F1 25 F1 35

Ø 31,685 ± 0,027
+ 0,03
28,1 ± 0,01 6,35 0

F2 F2

Ø35
Ø30
Ø25,37 ± 0,03

38
38,1 7,9
47,1 7,9

F1 = 140 daN F1 = 120 daN

F2 = 50 daN F2 = 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline to SAE "C"
14 teet - 1" 1/4-
340 N.m Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque

500 N.m

A05 SAE "C" A19

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

46 ± 0,35 F 41,2 ± 0,35 F

28
30 F1
Ø22,161 ± 0,026

+ 0,03
7,93 0
35,17 ± 0,01

F2
Ø35

Ø30

25
Ø31,72 ± 0,03

47,6 7,9
33,3 7,9

F1 = 120 daN
F2 = 50 daN
F1 = 140 daN Involute spline to SAE "B"
13 teeth - 7/8"
F2 = 50 daN Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

430 N.m 310 N.m

A07 SAE "B" A20

41,2 ± 0,35 F 46 ± 0,35 F
F1 25 33
F1
Ø25,371 ± 0,026

+ 0,03
6,35 0
25 ± 0,01

F2 F2
Ø30

Ø30
± 0,03

25
33,3 7,9
Ø22,205

38,1 7,9
F.T 30 1478 10/10

F1 = 140 daN F1 = 120 daN

F2 = 50 daN F2 = 50 daN
Involute spline to SAE "BB"
Maxi transmissible torque
15 teeth - 1"
290 N.m Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle
Consult us for availability
Maxi transmissible torque

490 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

319
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE AAN
VI IX X XI XII
M II
Sign AA N 3 Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support Front body PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

F of the front body SAE "B"
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
6,35 A
B 146
15
Ø 120
M3
r 14
51

- 0,05
0

A B
30

Ø 101,6

24
150

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 3

48

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

2 holes Ø 14

1,5 1,5
118 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 CHOICE of the Dimensions Seal kits:
for bi directional (M3) or single directional Capacity A B M1 - M2
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
Nitrile: K507041 Viton: K507042
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

pressure in the return port.

(For the manufacturings from october 1991)
Max. tightening torque of the connexion 025 - 031 - 040 122,7 61,3
50 N.m 050 - 060 149,2 74,5 M3 - M5/M6
Nitrile: K5071071 Viton: K5071072
071 - 080 - 090 - 100 169,2 84,2 (For the manufacturings from april 1987)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

3025 25 200 2900 225 3260 250 3625 2500 2800 800 1000 1300 3500 5,6
225
3031 31 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 1000 1000 bar 3000 5,6
225
3040 40 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 800 1000 bar 3000 5,7
3050 50 175 2537 205 2972 225 3625 2200 2500 500 800 1000 225
bar 3000 6,9
3060 60 160 2320 185 2682 225 3262 2000 2300 500 1000 200
800 123456
bar 3000 7
123456
3071 71 150 2175 175 2537 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 123456
123456 2500 7
175 123456
3080 80 120 1740 150 2175 200 2900 1700 2000 500 800 bar 123456 2500 7,1
123456
3090 175 123456
90 100 1450 130 2175 175 2537 1500 1800 400 800 bar 123456 2000 7,8
150 123456
3100 100 100 1450 125 1812 175 2175 1500 1800 400 800 bar 123456
123456 2000 8
123456
On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Min. 10s
P3
P2
F.T 30 1479 1/4

Peack pressure for

bar

P1 each cycle
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

320
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE AAN

CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
INLET OUTLET pressure
Capacity 1 way rotation without
A B counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

3025
H D
to 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17
(HPI) 3040

3050
3060
22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 A B B A B A
E

ØC

ØF 3071
effective depth G to 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17
3100
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

3025
B D to 18 40 M 8 16 27 51 M10 16 A B B A B A
(Italian) 3040
ØC
3050
3060

4 holes Ø F 3071
effective to
depth G 3100

X 3025
to
(without ports)
3040

3050
Only with rear body Type A
3060

3071
to
3100
F.T 30 1479 2/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

321
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE AAN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19

51

75
150

150
112 112

V
Low pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return
109
21,5 33 32
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

75
150

27 on flats

112

REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19
51

75
48

150
150

45

112 112
F.T 30 1479 3/4

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 11
for bi directional (M3) or single directional for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. pressure in the return port.

Max. tightening torque of the connexion Max. tightening torque of the connexion
50 N.m 50 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

322
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE AAN
DRIVING SHAFT (FLAT FRONT BODY)

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B03 Taper 1/8 A02 A02 C04

F F F
47± 0,35
41,2 ± 0,35 F
14,4 26,6 6
9/16"-18UNF-2A

-0
6,35 41,2 ± 0,35

Ø22,187 - 0,052
- 0,03
-0 10 ± 0,35
4 - 0,03

0
4 25 12
- 0,015
- 0,034
25 - 0,052
-0

Ø26
Ø26

Ø26
Ø24
Ø26
± 0,2

- 0,03

25
11,8

11,2 7,9
-0

33,3 8,5 1,5

7,9
Ø22,22

33,3
Ø21,59
Involute spline SAE Standard
13 teeth - 7/8" -
Delivered with Nut Ref.: K100734 Diametral Pitch 16/32
and lock washer Ref.: K103945 30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
530 N.m 290 N.m 390 N.m 70 N.m

B04 Taper 1/8 C04 C03

F F F
57,5 ± 0,35
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

52 ± 0,35
16 36 5,5 - 0,004
6 - 0,012
5/8"-18UNF-2A

-0 57 ± 0,35
4,8
- 0,052

- 0,03 5 36
- 0,1
-0

0
Ø24,6
26,5

Ø26
Ø26

Ø26
± 0,2

Ø24g6
14,2

16,5 45 7 46 1,3
+ 0,08
0
Ø24,63 9,7

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K101877

Involute spline shaft
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 25 x 13 x 1,667
to standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
800 N.m 320 N.m Spigot on free flanks

Maxi transmissible torque

66,5 N.m

C04 Taper 1/5 C07

F F
49 ± 0,35

16 30 3
5/8"-18UNF-2A

± 0,35
-0 22
4,8 - 0,03
- 0,1
0
Ø24,6
Ø26

Ø26
± 0,2

15
14,2

16,5
Ø24,63

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K101712

Involute spline shaft
Maxi transmissible torque 25 x 13 x 1,667
to standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
800 N.m Spigot on free flanks
F.T 30 1479 4/4

Maxi transmissible torque

48 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 04 / 11 / 2013

323
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE AAK
VI IX X XI XII
AA K 3
II
M Sign Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support Front body PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

F of the front body SAE "B"
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

Ø 102,4
8,1 A
B 146
15
Ø 120
M3
r 14
51

- 0,05
0

A B
30

Ø 101,6

24
150

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 3

48

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

2 holes Ø 14

1,5 1,5
118 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

CHOICE of the Dimensions Seal kits:

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Capacity A B M1 - M2
for bi directional (M3) or single directional Nitrile: K507041 + K107081
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter Viton: K507042 + K107045
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

pressure in the return port.

025 - 031 - 040 122,7 61,3 (For the manufacturings from october 1991)
Max. tightening torque of the connexion 050 - 060 149,2 74,5
50 N.m M3 - M5/M6
071 - 080 - 090 - 100 169,2 84,2 Nitrile: K5071071 + K107081
Viton: K5071072 + K107045
(For the manufacturings from april 1987)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

3025 25 200 2900 225 3260 250 3625 2500 2800 800 1000 1300 3500 5,6
225
3031 31 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 1000 1000 bar 3000 5,6
225
3040 40 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 800 1000 bar 3000 5,7
3050 50 175 2537 205 2972 225 3625 2200 2500 500 800 1000 225
bar 3000 6,9
3060 60 160 2320 185 2682 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567
1000 200 3000 7
1234567
bar

3071 71 150 2175 175 2537 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567
1234567 2500 7
1751234567
3080 120 1740 150 2175 200 2900 1700 2000 800 bar1234567
80 500 1234567
1234567
2500 7,1
3090 1751234567
90 100 1450 130 2175 175 2537 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 7,8
1501234567
3100 100 100 1450 125 1812 175 2175 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 8
1234567
On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Min. 10s
P3
F.T 30 1480 1/4

P2 Peack pressure for

bar

P1 each cycle
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 04 / 11 / 2013

324
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE AAK

CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
INLET OUTLET pressure
Capacity 1 way rotation without
A B counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

3025
H D
to 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17
(HPI) 3040

3050
3060
22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 A B B A B A
E

ØC

ØF 3071
effective depth G to 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17
3100
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

3025
B D to 18 40 M 8 16 27 51 M10 16 A B B A B A
(Italian) 3040
ØC
3050
3060

4 holes Ø F 3071
effective to
depth G 3100

X 3025
to
(without ports)
3040

3050
Only with rear body Type A
3060

3071
to
3100
F.T 30 1480 2/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

325
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE AAK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19

51

75
150

150
112 112

V
Low pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return
109
21,5 33 32
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

75
150

27 on flats

112

REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19
51

75
48

150
150

45

112 112
F.T 30 1480 3/4

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 11
for bi directional (M3) or single directional for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. pressure in the return port.

Max. tightening torque of the connexion Max. tightening torque of the connexion
50 N.m 50 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

326
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE AAK
DRIVING SHAFT (FLAT FRONT BODY)

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B03 Taper 1/8 A02 A02 C04

F F F
47± 0,35
41,2 ± 0,35 F
14,4 26,6 6
9/16"-18UNF-2A

-0
6,35 41,2 ± 0,35

Ø22,187 - 0,052
- 0,03
-0 10 ± 0,35
4 - 0,03

0
4 25 12
- 0,015
- 0,034
25 - 0,052
-0

Ø26
Ø26

Ø26
Ø24
Ø26
± 0,2

- 0,03

25
11,8

11,2 7,9
-0

33,3 8,5 1,5

7,9
Ø22,22

33,3
Ø21,59
Involute spline SAE Standard
13 teeth - 7/8" -
Delivered with Nut Ref.: K100734 Diametral Pitch 16/32
and lock washer Ref.: K103945 30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
530 N.m 290 N.m 390 N.m 70 N.m

B04 Taper 1/8 C04 C03

F F
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

57,5 ± 0,35
F
52 ± 0,35
16 36 5,5 - 0,004
6 - 0,012
5/8"-18UNF-2A

-0 57 ± 0,35
4,8
- 0,052

- 0,03 5 36
- 0,1
-0

0
Ø24,6
26,5

Ø26
Ø26

Ø26
± 0,2

Ø24g6
14,2

16,5 45 7 46 1,3
+ 0,08
0
Ø24,63 9,7

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K101877

Involute spline shaft
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 25 x 13 x 1,667
to standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
800 N.m 320 N.m Spigot on free flanks

Maxi transmissible torque

66,5 N.m

C04 Taper 1/5 C07

F F
49 ± 0,35

16 30 3
5/8"-18UNF-2A

± 0,35
-0 22
4,8 - 0,03
- 0,1
0
Ø24,6
Ø26

Ø26
± 0,2

15
14,2

16,5
Ø24,63

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K101712

Involute spline shaft
Maxi transmissible torque 25 x 13 x 1,667
to standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
800 N.m Spigot on free flanks
F.T 30 1480 4/4

Maxi transmissible torque

48 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 04 / 11 / 2013

327
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE BAN
VI IX X XI XII
M II
Sign BA N 3 Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face d'appui du
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
F Corps Avant

5 A 55 55
B 42,9 42,9
17
M3 r6
r 4,25

56,9
51

0,05

42,9
32,5
0
Ø 50,78 -

A B

24

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 3

156,1
150

128,1
48

77,5
M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

r 10
r 14
1,5 1,5
118 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 CHOICE of the Dimensions Seal kits:
for bi directional (M3) or single directional Capacity A B M1 - M2
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
Nitrile: K507041 Viton: K507042
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

pressure in the return port.

(For the manufacturings from october 1991)
Max. tightening torque of the connexion 025 - 031 - 040 122,7 61,3
50 N.m 050 - 060 149,2 74,5 M3 - M5/M6
Nitrile: K5071071 Viton: K5071072
071 - 080 - 090 - 100 169,2 84,2 (For the manufacturings from april 1987)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

3025 25 200 2900 225 3260 250 3625 2500 2800 800 1000 1300 3500 5,6
225
3031 31 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 1000 1000 bar 3000 5,6
225
3040 40 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 800 1000 bar 3000 5,7
3050 50 175 2537 205 2972 225 3625 2200 2500 500 800 1000 225
bar 3000 6,9
3060 60 160 2320 185 2682 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567
1000 200 3000 7
1234567
bar
1234567
3071 71 150 2175 175 2537 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567 2500 7
1234567
1751234567
3080 80 120 1740 150 2175 200 2900 1700 2000 500 800 bar1234567 2500 7,1
1234567
1751234567
3090 90 100 1450 130 2175 175 2537 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 7,8
1501234567
3100 100 100 1450 125 1812 175 2175 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 8
1234567
On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Min. 10s
P3
F.T 30 1481 1/4

P2 Peack pressure for

bar

P1 each cycle
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

328
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE BAN

CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
INLET OUTLET pressure
Capacity 1 way rotation without
A B counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

3025
H D
to 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17
(HPI) 3040

3050
3060
22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 A B B A B A
E

ØC

ØF 3071
effective depth G to 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17
3100
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

3025
B D to 18 40 M 8 16 27 51 M10 16 A B B A B A
(Italian) 3040
ØC
3050
3060

4 holes Ø F 3071
effective to
depth G 3100

X 3025
to
(without ports)
3040

3050
Only with rear body Type A
3060

3071
to
3100
F.T 30 1481 2/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

329
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE BAN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19

51

75
150

150
112 112

V
Low pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return
109
21,5 33 32
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

75
150

27 on flats

112

REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19
51

75
48

150
150

45

112 112
F.T 30 1481 3/4

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 11
for bi directional (M3) or single directional for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. pressure in the return port.

Max. tightening torque of the connexion Max. tightening torque of the connexion
50 N.m 50 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

330
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE BAN
DRIVING SHAFT (FLAT FRONT BODY)

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B03 Taper 1/8 A02 A02 C04

F F F
47± 0,35
41,2 ± 0,35 F
14,4 26,6 6
9/16"-18UNF-2A

-0
6,35 41,2 ± 0,35

Ø22,187 - 0,052
- 0,03
-0 10 ± 0,35
4

0
- 0,03 4 25 12
- 0,015
- 0,034
25 - 0,052
-0

Ø26
Ø26

Ø26
Ø24
Ø26
± 0,2

- 0,03

25
11,8

11,2 7,9
-0

33,3 8,5 1,5

7,9
Ø22,22

33,3
Ø21,59
Involute spline SAE Standard
13 teeth - 7/8" -
Delivered with Nut Ref.: K100734 Diametral Pitch 16/32
and lock washer Ref.: K103945 30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
530 N.m 290 N.m 390 N.m 70 N.m

B04 Taper 1/8 C04 C03

F F F
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

57,5 ± 0,35
52 ± 0,35
16 36 5,5 - 0,004
6 - 0,012
5/8"-18UNF-2A

-0 57 ± 0,35
4,8
- 0,052

- 0,03 5 36
- 0,1
-0

0
Ø24,6
26,5

Ø26
Ø26

Ø26
± 0,2

Ø24g6
14,2

16,5 45 7 46 1,3
+ 0,08
0
Ø24,63 9,7

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K101877

Involute spline shaft
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 25 x 13 x 1,667
to standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
800 N.m 320 N.m Spigot on free flanks

Maxi transmissible torque

66,5 N.m

C04 Taper 1/5 C07

F F
49 ± 0,35

16 30 3
5/8"-18UNF-2A

± 0,35
-0 22
4,8 - 0,03
- 0,1
0
Ø24,6
Ø26

Ø26
± 0,2

15
14,2

16,5
Ø24,63

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K101712

Involute spline shaft
Maxi transmissible torque 25 x 13 x 1,667
to standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
800 N.m Spigot on free flanks
F.T 30 1481 4/4

Maxi transmissible torque

48 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 04 / 11 / 2013

331
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE CBN
II VI IX X XI XII
M Sign CB N 3 Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
F of the front body

5 A 55 55
B 42,9 42,9
17 M3 r6
r 4,25

56,9
51

42,9
- 0,03
- 0,06

32,5
A B
Ø 65

24

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 3

156,1

128,1
150
48

77,5
M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

r 10
r 14
1,5 1,5
118 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

CHOICE of the Dimensions Seal kits:

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18
for bi directional (M3) or single directional Capacity A B M1 - M2
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

Nitrile: K507041 Viton: K507042

pressure in the return port.
(For the manufacturings from october 1991)
Max. tightening torque of the connexion 025 - 031 - 040 122,7 61,3
50 N.m 050 - 060 149,2 74,5 M3 - M5/M6
Nitrile: K5071071 Viton: K5071072
071 - 080 - 090 - 100 169,2 84,2 (For the manufacturings from april 1987)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

3025 25 200 2900 225 3260 250 3625 2500 2800 800 1000 1300 3500 5,6
225
3031 31 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 1000 1000 bar 3000 5,6
225
3040 40 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 800 1000 bar 3000 5,7
3050 50 175 2537 205 2972 225 3625 2200 2500 500 800 1000 225
bar 3000 6,9
3060 60 160 2320 185 2682 225 3262 2000 2300 500 1000 200
800 1234567
bar 3000 7
1234567
3071 71 150 2175 175 2537 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567
1234567 2500 7
1751234567
3080 80 120 1740 150 2175 200 2900 1700 2000 500 800 bar1234567 2500 7,1
1234567
3090 1751234567
90 100 1450 130 2175 175 2537 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 7,8
1234567
1501234567
3100 100 100 1450 125 1812 175 2175 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 8
1234567
On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Min. 10s
P3
P2
F.T 30 1482 1/4

Peack pressure for

bar

P1 each cycle
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

332
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE CBN

CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
INLET OUTLET pressure
Capacity 1 way rotation without
A B counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

3025
H D
to 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17
(HPI) 3040

3050
3060
22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 A B B A B A
E

ØC

ØF 3071
effective depth G to 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17
3100
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

3025
B D to 18 40 M 8 16 27 51 M10 16 A B B A B A
(Italian) 3040
ØC
3050
3060

4 holes Ø F 3071
effective to
depth G 3100

X 3025
to
(without ports)
3040

3050
Only with rear body Type A
3060

3071
to
3100
F.T 30 1482 2/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

333
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE CBN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19

51

75
150

150
112 112

V
Low pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return
109
21,5 33 32
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

75
150

27 on flats

112

REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19
51

75
48

150
150

45

112 112
F.T 30 1482 3/4

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 11
for bi directional (M3) or single directional for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. pressure in the return port.

Max. tightening torque of the connexion Max. tightening torque of the connexion
50 N.m 50 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

334
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE CBN

DRIVING SHAFT (FLAT FRONT BODY)

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B03 Taper 1/8 A02 A02 C04

F F F
47± 0,35
41,2 ± 0,35 F
14,4 26,6 6
9/16"-18UNF-2A

-0
6,35 41,2 ± 0,35

Ø22,187 - 0,052
- 0,03
-0 10 ± 0,35
4 - 0,03

0
4 25 12
- 0,015
- 0,034
25 - 0,052
-0

Ø26
Ø26

Ø26
Ø24
Ø26
± 0,2

- 0,03

25
11,8

11,2 7,9
-0

33,3 8,5 1,5

7,9
Ø22,22

33,3
Ø21,59
Involute spline SAE Standard
13 teeth - 7/8" -
Delivered with Nut Ref.: K100734 Diametral Pitch 16/32
and lock washer Ref.: K103945 30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
530 N.m 290 N.m 390 N.m 70 N.m

B04 Taper 1/8 C04 C03

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

F F F
57,5 ± 0,35
52 ± 0,35
16 36 5,5 - 0,004
6 - 0,012
5/8"-18UNF-2A

-0 57 ± 0,35
4,8
- 0,052

- 0,03 5 36
- 0,1
-0

0
Ø24,6
26,5

Ø26
Ø26

Ø26
± 0,2

Ø24g6
14,2

16,5 45 7 46 1,3
+ 0,08
0
Ø24,63 9,7

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K101877

Involute spline shaft
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 25 x 13 x 1,667
to standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
800 N.m 320 N.m Spigot on free flanks

Maxi transmissible torque

66,5 N.m

C04 Taper 1/5 C07

F F
49 ± 0,35

16 30 3
5/8"-18UNF-2A

± 0,35
-0 22
4,8 - 0,03
- 0,1
0
Ø24,6
Ø26

Ø26
± 0,2

15
14,2

16,5
Ø24,63

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K101712

Involute spline shaft
Maxi transmissible torque 25 x 13 x 1,667
to standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
800 N.m Spigot on free flanks
F.T 30 1482 4/4

Maxi transmissible torque

48 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 04 / 11 / 2013

335
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE CBK
VI IX X XI XII
CB K 3
II
M Sign Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
F of the front body

5 A 55 55

Ø 65,8
B 42,9 42,9
17 M3 r6
r 4,25

56,9
51

42,9
- 0,03
- 0,06

32,5
A B
Ø 65

24

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 3

156,1

128,1
150
48

77,5
M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

r 10
r 14
1,5 1,5
118 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6
CHOICE of the Dimensions Seal kits:
Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Capacity
for bi directional (M3) or single directional A B M1 - M2
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter Nitrile: K507041 + K106675
Viton: K507042 + K106676
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

pressure in the return port.

025 - 031 - 040 122,7 61,3 (For the manufacturings from october 1991)
Max. tightening torque of the connexion
050 - 060 149,2 74,5
50 N.m M3 - M5/M6
071 - 080 - 090 - 100 169,2 84,2 Nitrile: K5071071 + K106675
Viton: K5071072 + K106676
(For the manufacturings from april 1987)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

3025 25 200 2900 225 3260 250 3625 2500 2800 800 1000 1300 3500 5,6
225
3031 31 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 1000 1000 bar 3000 5,6
225
3040 40 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 800 1000 bar 3000 5,7
3050 50 175 2537 205 2972 225 3625 2200 2500 500 800 1000 225
bar 3000 6,9
200
3060 60 160 2320 185 2682 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567
1000 bar 3000 7
1234567
3071 71 150 2175 175 2537 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567
1234567 2500 7
1751234567
3080 80 120 1740 150 2175 200 2900 1700 2000 500 800 bar1234567 2500 7,1
1234567
3090 1751234567
90 100 1450 130 2175 175 2537 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 7,8
1234567
1501234567
3100 100 100 1450 125 1812 175 2175 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 8
1234567
On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Min. 10s
P3
P2
F.T 30 1483 1/4

Peack pressure for

bar

P1 each cycle
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

336
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE CBK

CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
INLET OUTLET pressure
Capacity 1 way rotation without
A B counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

3025
H D
to 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17
(HPI) 3040

3050
3060
22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 A B B A B A
E

ØC

ØF 3071
effective depth G to 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17
3100
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

3025
B D to 18 40 M 8 16 27 51 M10 16 A B B A B A
(Italian) 3040
ØC
3050
3060

4 holes Ø F 3071
effective to
depth G 3100

X 3025
to
(without ports)
3040

3050
Only with rear body Type A
3060

3071
to
3100
F.T 30 1483 2/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

337
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE CBK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19

51

75
150

150
112 112

V
Low pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return
109
21,5 33 32
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

75
150

27 on flats

112

REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19
51

75
48

150
150

45

112 112
F.T 30 1483 3/4

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 11
for bi directional (M3) or single directional for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. pressure in the return port.

Max. tightening torque of the connexion Max. tightening torque of the connexion
50 N.m 50 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

338
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE CBK
DRIVING SHAFT (FLAT FRONT BODY)

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B03 Taper 1/8 A02 A02 C04

F F F
47± 0,35
41,2 ± 0,35 F
14,4 26,6 6
9/16"-18UNF-2A

-0
6,35 41,2 ± 0,35

Ø22,187 - 0,052
- 0,03
-0 10 ± 0,35
4 - 0,03

0
25 - 0,052 4 25 12
- 0,015
- 0,034
-0

Ø26
Ø26

Ø26
Ø24
Ø26
± 0,2

- 0,03

25
11,8

11,2 7,9
-0

33,3 8,5 1,5

7,9
Ø22,22

33,3
Ø21,59
Involute spline SAE Standard
13 teeth - 7/8" -
Delivered with Nut Ref.: K100734 Diametral Pitch 16/32
and lock washer Ref.: K103945 30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
530 N.m 290 N.m 390 N.m 70 N.m

B04 Taper 1/8 C04 C03

F F F
57,5 ± 0,35
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

52 ± 0,35
16 36 5,5 - 0,004
6 - 0,012
5/8"-18UNF-2A

-0 57 ± 0,35
4,8 - 0,03
- 0,052

5 36
- 0,1
-0

0
Ø24,6
26,5

Ø26
Ø26

Ø26
± 0,2

Ø24g6
14,2

16,5 45 7 46 1,3
+ 0,08
0
Ø24,63 9,7

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K101877

Involute spline shaft
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 25 x 13 x 1,667
to standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
800 N.m 320 N.m Spigot on free flanks

Maxi transmissible torque

66,5 N.m

C04 Taper 1/5 C07

F F
49 ± 0,35

16 30 3
5/8"-18UNF-2A

± 0,35
-0 22
4,8 - 0,03
- 0,1
0
Ø24,6
Ø26

Ø26
± 0,2

15
14,2

16,5
Ø24,63

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K101712

Involute spline shaft
Maxi transmissible torque 25 x 13 x 1,667
to standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
800 N.m Spigot on free flanks
F.T 30 1483 4/4

Maxi transmissible torque

48 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 04 / 11 / 2013

339
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE DBN
VI IX X XI XII
M II
Sign DB N 3 Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
Face of the support
F of the front body

8 A 110
B 51 51
17
M3 r 10

58
51

48
- 0,036
- 0,071
Ø 105

24

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 3

165
48
150

97
M2 M1 M2 M1
r 10
M6 M5 M6 M5

4 holes Ø 10,5
1,5 1,5
118 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 CHOICE of the Dimensions Seal kits:
for bi directional (M3) or single directional Capacity A B M1 - M2
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
Nitrile: K507041 Viton: K507042
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

pressure in the return port.

(For the manufacturings from october 1991)
Max. tightening torque of the connexion 025 - 031 - 040 122,7 61,3
50 N.m 050 - 060 149,2 74,5 M3 - M5/M6
Nitrile: K5071071 Viton: K5071072
071 - 080 - 090 - 100 169,2 84,2 (For the manufacturings from april 1987)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

3025 25 200 2900 225 3260 250 3625 2500 2800 800 1000 1300 3500 5,6
225
3031 31 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 1000 1000 bar 3000 5,6
225
3040 40 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 800 1000 bar 3000 5,7
3050 50 175 2537 205 2972 225 3625 2200 2500 500 800 1000 225
bar 3000 6,9
3060 60 160 2320 185 2682 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567
1000 200 3000 7
1234567
bar
1234567
3071 71 150 2175 175 2537 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567 2500 7
1234567
1751234567
3080 80 120 1740 150 2175 200 2900 1700 2000 500 800 bar1234567 2500 7,1
1234567
1751234567
3090 90 100 1450 130 2175 175 2537 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 7,8
1501234567
3100 100 100 1450 125 1812 175 2175 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 8
1234567
On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Min. 10s
P3
P2 Peack pressure for
F.T 30 1484 1/4

bar

P1 each cycle
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

340
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE DBN

CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
INLET OUTLET pressure
Capacity 1 way rotation without
A B counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

3025
H D
to 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17
(HPI) 3040

3050
3060
22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 A B B A B A
E

ØC

ØF 3071
effective depth G to 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17
3100
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

3025
B D to 18 40 M 8 16 27 51 M10 16 A B B A B A
(Italian) 3040
ØC
3050
3060

4 holes Ø F 3071
effective to
depth G 3100

X 3025
to
(without ports)
3040

3050
Only with rear body Type A
3060

3071
to
3100
F.T 30 1484 2/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

341
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE DBN
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19

51

75
150

150
112 112

V
Low pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return
109
21,5 33 32
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

75
150

27 on flats

112

REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19
51

75
48

150
150

45

112 112
F.T 30 1484 3/4

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 11
for bi directional (M3) or single directional for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. pressure in the return port.

Max. tightening torque of the connexion Max. tightening torque of the connexion
50 N.m 50 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

342
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE DBN
DRIVING SHAFT (FLAT FRONT BODY)

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B03 Taper 1/8 A02 A02 C04

F F F
47± 0,35
41,2 ± 0,35 F
14,4 26,6 6
9/16"-18UNF-2A

-0
6,35 41,2 ± 0,35

Ø22,187 - 0,052
- 0,03
-0 10 ± 0,35
4 - 0,03

0
25 - 0,052 4 25 12
- 0,015
- 0,034
-0

Ø26
Ø26

Ø26
Ø24
Ø26
± 0,2

- 0,03

25
11,8

11,2 7,9
-0

33,3 8,5 1,5

7,9
Ø22,22

33,3
Ø21,59
Involute spline SAE Standard
13 teeth - 7/8" -
Delivered with Nut Ref.: K100734 Diametral Pitch 16/32
and lock washer Ref.: K103945 30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
530 N.m 290 N.m 390 N.m 70 N.m

B04 Taper 1/8 C04 C03

F F F
57,5 ± 0,35
52 ± 0,35
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

16 36 5,5 - 0,004
6 - 0,012
5/8"-18UNF-2A

-0 57 ± 0,35
4,8
- 0,052

- 0,03 5 36
- 0,1
-0

0
Ø24,6
26,5

Ø26
Ø26

Ø26
± 0,2

Ø24g6
14,2

16,5 45 7 46 1,3
+ 0,08
0
Ø24,63 9,7

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K101877

Involute spline shaft
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 25 x 13 x 1,667
to standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
800 N.m 320 N.m Spigot on free flanks

Maxi transmissible torque

66,5 N.m

C04 Taper 1/5 C07

F F
49 ± 0,35

16 30 3
5/8"-18UNF-2A

± 0,35
-0 22
4,8 - 0,03
- 0,1
0
Ø24,6
Ø26

Ø26
± 0,2

15
14,2

16,5
Ø24,63

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K101712

Involute spline shaft
Maxi transmissible torque 25 x 13 x 1,667
to standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
800 N.m Spigot on free flanks

Maxi transmissible torque

F.T 30 1484 4/4

48 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 04 / 11 / 2013

343
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE DBK
VI IX X XI XII
DB K 3
II
M Sign Sign H L Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)
Face of the support
F of the front body

Ø 105,996
8 A 110
B 51 51
17
M3 r 10

58
51

48
- 0,036
- 0,071
Ø 105

24

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 3

165
48
150

97
M2 M1 M2 M1
r 10
M6 M5 M6 M5

4 holes Ø 10,5
1,5 1,5
118 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 CHOICE of the Dimensions Seal kits:
for bi directional (M3) or single directional Capacity A B
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter M1 - M2
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

pressure in the return port. Nitrile: K507041 + K106998

Viton: K507042 + K108537
Max. tightening torque of the connexion 025 - 031 - 040 122,7 61,3 (For the manufacturings from october 1991)

50 N.m 050 - 060 149,2 74,5 M3 - M5/M6

Nitrile: K5071071 + K106998
071 - 080 - 090 - 100 169,2 84,2 Viton: K5071072 + K108537
(For the manufacturings from april 1987)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

V
PRESSURE speed at speed at RPM at P weight
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

3025 25 200 2900 225 3260 250 3625 2500 2800 800 1000 1300 3500 5,6
225
3031 31 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 1000 1000 bar 3000 5,6
225
3040 40 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 800 1000 bar 3000 5,7
3050 50 175 2537 205 2972 225 3625 2200 2500 500 800 1000 225
bar 3000 6,9
3060 60 160 2320 185 2682 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567
1000 200 3000 7
1234567
bar
1234567
3071 71 150 2175 175 2537 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567 2500 7
1234567
1751234567
3080 80 120 1740 150 2175 200 2900 1700 2000 500 800 bar1234567 2500 7,1
1234567
1751234567
3090 90 100 1450 130 2175 175 2537 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 7,8
1501234567
3100 100 100 1450 125 1812 175 2175 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 8
1234567
On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Min. 10s
P3
P2
F.T 30 1485 1/4

Peack pressure for

bar

P1 each cycle
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

344
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE DBK

CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
INLET OUTLET pressure
Capacity 1 way rotation without
A B counter pressure
M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

3025
H D
to 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17
(HPI) 3040

3050
3060
22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 A B B A B A
E

ØC

ØF 3071
effective depth G to 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17
3100
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

3025
B D to 18 40 M 8 16 27 51 M10 16 A B B A B A
(Italian) 3040
ØC
3050
3060

4 holes Ø F 3071
effective to
depth G 3100

X 3025
to
(without ports)
3040

3050
Only with rear body Type A
3060

3071
to
3100
F.T 30 1485 2/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

345
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE DBK
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19

51

75
150

150
112 112

V
Low pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return
109
21,5 33 32
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

75
150

27 on flats

112

REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19
51

75
48

150
150

45

112 112
F.T 30 1485 3/4

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 11
for bi directional (M3) or single directional for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. pressure in the return port.

Max. tightening torque of the connexion Max. tightening torque of the connexion
50 N.m 50 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

346
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE DBK
DRIVING SHAFT (FLAT FRONT BODY)

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

B03 Taper 1/8 A02 A02 C04

F F F
47± 0,35
41,2 ± 0,35 F
14,4 26,6 6
9/16"-18UNF-2A

-0
6,35 41,2 ± 0,35

Ø22,187 - 0,052
- 0,03
-0 10 ± 0,35
4 - 0,03

0
4 25 12
- 0,015
- 0,034
25 - 0,052
-0

Ø26
Ø26

Ø26
Ø24
Ø26
± 0,2

- 0,03

25
11,8

11,2 7,9
-0

33,3 8,5 1,5

7,9
Ø22,22

33,3
Ø21,59
Involute spline SAE Standard
13 teeth - 7/8" -
Delivered with Nut Ref.: K100734 Diametral Pitch 16/32
and lock washer Ref.: K103945 30° Pressure angle
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque
530 N.m 290 N.m 390 N.m 70 N.m

B04 Taper 1/8 C04 C03

F F F
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

57,5 ± 0,35
52 ± 0,35
16 36 5,5 - 0,004
6 - 0,012
5/8"-18UNF-2A

-0 57 ± 0,35
4,8
- 0,052

- 0,03 5 36
- 0,1
-0

0
Ø24,6
26,5

Ø26
Ø26

Ø26
± 0,2

Ø24g6
14,2

16,5 45 7 46 1,3
+ 0,08
0
Ø24,63 9,7

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K101877

Involute spline shaft
Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque 25 x 13 x 1,667
to standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
800 N.m 320 N.m Spigot on free flanks

Maxi transmissible torque

66,5 N.m

C04 Taper 1/5 C07

F F
49 ± 0,35

16 30 3
5/8"-18UNF-2A

± 0,35
-0 22
4,8 - 0,03
- 0,1
0
Ø24,6
Ø26

Ø26
± 0,2

15
14,2

16,5
Ø24,63

Delivered with Nut Ref.: K101712

Involute spline shaft
Maxi transmissible torque 25 x 13 x 1,667
to standard NF E 22 141 - BNA 455
800 N.m Spigot on free flanks
F.T 30 1485 4/4

Maxi transmissible torque

48 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 04 / 11 / 2013

347
/ 00
 MOTORS PRESENTATION
Data sheet
SERIES 3

F.T 30 1456

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 3 THICK FRONT BODY

- THICK FRONT BODY

MOTOR AAP Data sheet

F.T 30 1486

MOTOR AAR Data sheet

F.T 30 1487

MOTOR ABP Data sheet

F.T 30 1488

MOTOR ABR Data sheet

F.T 30 1489

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

348
/ 00
 - THICK FRONT BODY (rest)

MOTOR ADF Data sheet

F.T 30 1490

MOTOR ADP Data sheet

F.T 30 1491

MOTOR ADR Data sheet

F.T 30 1492

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

349
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE AAP
M AA P 3 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support

F of the front body
PRESSURE at the DRAINING:
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

A
B 174
6,35 12
146
Front body
SAE "B"
M3 Ø 120
51

- 0,05
-0

A B
Ø 101,6

24
48

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 3

150

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

2 holes Ø 14,3

1,5 1,5
118 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

CHOICE of the Dimensions Seal kits:

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Capacity A B M1 - M2
for bi directional (M3) or single directional
Nitrile: K5074043 + K103765
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
025 - 031 - 040 165,7 104,3 Viton: K5074044 + K104156
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

pressure in the return port.

(For the manufacturings from october 1991)
Max. tightening torque of the connexion 050 - 060 192,2 117,5
50 N.m 071 - 080 - 090 - 100 212,2 127,2 M3 - M5/M6
Nitrile: K5071073 + K103765
Viton: K5071074 + K104156
(For the manufacturings from april 1987)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

3025 25 200 2900 225 3260 250 3625 2500 2800 800 1000 1300 3500 6,4
225
3031 31 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 1000 1000 bar 3000 6,4
225
3040 40 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 800 1000 bar 3000 6,5
3050 50 175 2537 205 2972 225 3625 2200 2500 500 800 1000 225
bar 3000 7,7
3060 60 160 2320 185 2682 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1000 200 3000 7,8
1234567
bar
1234567
3071 71 150 2175 175 2537 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567 2500 8,3
1234567
175 1234567
3080 80 120 1740 150 2175 200 2900 1700 2000 500 800 bar 1234567 2500 8,4
1234567
175 1234567
3090 90 100 1450 130 2175 175 2537 1500 1800 400 800 bar 1234567 2000 8,6
150 1234567
3100 100 100 1450 125 1812 175 2175 1500 1800 400 800 bar 1234567 2000 8,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 30 1486 1/4

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

350
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE AAP

CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
INLET pressure
Capacity OUTLET 1 way rotation without
counter pressure
A B M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D 3025
to 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17
(HPI) 3040

3050
3060
22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 A B B A B A
ØC
E

ØF 3071
effective depth G to 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17
3100
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

B D
3025
to 18 40 M 8 16 27 51 M10 16 A B B A B A
(Italian) 3040
ØC
3050
3060

4 holes Ø F 3071
effective to
depth G 3100

X 3025
to
(without ports)
3040

3050
Only with rear body Type A
3060

3071
to
3100
F.T 30 1486 2/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

351
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE AAP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19

51

75
150

150
112 112

V
Low pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return
109
21,5 33 32
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

75
150

27 on flats

112

REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19
51

75
48

150
150

45

112 112
F.T 30 1486 3/4

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 11
for bi directional (M3) or single directional for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. pressure in the return port.

Max. tightening torque of the connexion Max. tightening torque of the connexion
50 N.m 50 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

352
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE AAP
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

A04 SAE "BB" A04

46 ± 0,35 F 55 ± 0,35 F
F1 25 F1 35

Ø 31,685 ± 0,027
+ 0,03
6,35 0

28,1 ± 0,01
F2 F2

Ø35
Ø30
Ø25,37 ± 0,03
38
38,1 7,9
47,1 7,9

F1 = 140 daN F1 = 120 daN

F2 = 50 daN F2 = 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline to SAE "C"
14 teet - 1" 1/4-
340 N.m Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque

500 N.m

A05 SAE "C" A19

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

46 ± 0,35 F 41,2 ± 0,35 F

28
30 F1
Ø22,161 ± 0,026

+ 0,03
7,93 0
35,17 ± 0,01

F2
Ø35

Ø30

25
Ø31,72 ± 0,03

47,6 7,9
33,3 7,9

F1 = 120 daN
F2 = 50 daN
F1 = 140 daN Involute spline to SAE "B"
13 teeth - 7/8"
F2 = 50 daN Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

430 N.m 310 N.m

A07 SAE "B" A20

41,2 ± 0,35 F 46 ± 0,35 F
F1 25 33
F1
Ø25,371 ± 0,026

+ 0,03
6,35 0
25 ± 0,01

F2 F2
Ø30

Ø30
± 0,03

25
33,3 7,9
Ø22,205

38,1 7,9
F.T 30 1486 4/4

F1 = 140 daN F1 = 120 daN

F2 = 50 daN F2 = 50 daN
Involute spline to SAE "BB"
Maxi transmissible torque
15 teeth - 1"
290 N.m Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque Consult us for availability

490 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

353
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE AAR
M AA R 3 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support

F of the front body
PRESSURE at the DRAINING:
1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

Ø 102,4
A
B 174
6,35 12
146
Front body
SAE "B"
M3 Ø 120
51

- 0,05
-0

A B
Ø 101,6

24
48

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 3

150

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

2 holes Ø 14,3

1,5 1,5
118 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

CHOICE of the Dimensions Seal kits:

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Capacity A B M1 - M2
for bi directional (M3) or single directional
Nitrile: K5074043 + K103765 + K107081
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
025 - 031 - 040 165,7 104,3 Viton: K5074044 + K104156 + K107045
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

pressure in the return port.

(For the manufacturings from october 1991)
Max. tightening torque of the connexion 050 - 060 192,2 117,5
50 N.m 071 - 080 - 090 - 100 212,2 127,2 M3 - M5/M6
Nitrile: K5071073 + K103765 + K107081
Viton: K5071074 + K104156 + K107045
(For the manufacturings from april 1987)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

3025 25 200 2900 225 3260 250 3625 2500 2800 800 1000 1300 3500 6,4
3031 31 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 1000 1000 225
bar 3000 6,4
225
3040 40 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 800 1000 bar 3000 6,5
3050 50 175 2537 205 2972 225 3625 2200 2500 500 800 1000 225
bar 3000 7,7
3060 60 160 2320 185 2682 225 3262 2000 2300 500 1000 200
800 1234567
bar 3000 7,8
1234567
3071 71 150 2175 175 2537 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567
1234567 2500 8,3
1234567
1234567
3080 80 120 1740 150 2175 200 2900 1700 2000 500 800 175
bar
1234567 2500 8,4
3090 1234567
1751234567
90 100 1450 130 2175 175 2537 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 8,6
1501234567
3100 100 100 1450 125 1812 175 2175 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 8,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 30 1487 1/4

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

354
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE AAR

CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
INLET pressure
Capacity OUTLET 1 way rotation without
counter pressure
A B M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D 3025
to 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17
(HPI) 3040

3050
3060
22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 A B B A B A
ØC
E

ØF 3071
effective depth G to 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17
3100
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

B D
3025
to 18 40 M 8 16 27 51 M10 16 A B B A B A
(Italian) 3040
ØC
3050
3060

4 holes Ø F 3071
effective to
depth G 3100

X 3025
to
(without ports)
3040

3050
Only with rear body Type A
3060

3071
to
3100
F.T 30 1487 2/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

355
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE AAR
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19

51

75
150

150
112 112

V
Low pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return
109
21,5 33 32
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

75
150

27 on flats

112

REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19
51

75
48

150
150

45

112 112
F.T 30 1487 3/4

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 11
for bi directional (M3) or single directional for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. pressure in the return port.

Max. tightening torque of the connexion Max. tightening torque of the connexion
50 N.m 50 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

356
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE AAR
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

A04 SAE "BB" A04

46 ± 0,35 F 55 ± 0,35 F
F1 25 F1 35

Ø 31,685 ± 0,027
+ 0,03
6,35 0

28,1 ± 0,01
F2 F2

Ø35
Ø30
Ø25,37 ± 0,03
38
38,1 7,9
47,1 7,9

F1 = 140 daN F1 = 120 daN

F2 = 50 daN F2 = 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline to SAE "C"
14 teet - 1" 1/4-
340 N.m Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque

500 N.m

A05 SAE "C" A19

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

46 ± 0,35 F 41,2 ± 0,35 F

28
30 F1
Ø22,161 ± 0,026

+ 0,03
7,93 0
35,17 ± 0,01

F2
Ø35

Ø30

25
Ø31,72 ± 0,03

47,6 7,9
33,3 7,9

F1 = 120 daN
F2 = 50 daN
F1 = 140 daN Involute spline to SAE "B"
13 teeth - 7/8"
F2 = 50 daN Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

430 N.m 310 N.m

A07 SAE "B" A20

41,2 ± 0,35 F 46 ± 0,35 F
F1 25 33
F1
Ø25,371 ± 0,026

+ 0,03
6,35 0
25 ± 0,01

F2 F2
Ø30

Ø30
± 0,03

25
33,3 7,9
Ø22,205

38,1 7,9
F.T 30 1487 4/4

F1 = 140 daN F1 = 120 daN

F2 = 50 daN F2 = 50 daN
Involute spline to SAE "BB"
Maxi transmissible torque
15 teeth - 1"
290 N.m Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque Consult us for availability

490 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

357
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ABP
M AB P 3 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

F of the front body 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

A
B 130,3
6,35 12 106,3
Front body
SAE "B"
M3 Ø 95

r 12
51

- 0,05
-0

A B
Ø 82,55

24

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 3

48
150

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

2 holes Ø 11

1,5 1,5
118 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

CHOICE of the Dimensions Seal kits:

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Capacity A B M1 - M2
for bi directional (M3) or single directional
Nitrile: K5074043 + K103765
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
025 - 031 - 040 165,7 104,3 Viton: K5074044 + K104156
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

pressure in the return port.

(For the manufacturings from october 1991)
Max. tightening torque of the connexion 050 - 060 192,2 117,5
50 N.m 071 - 080 - 090 - 100 212,2 127,2 M3 - M5/M6
Nitrile: K5071073 + K103765
Viton: K5071074 + K104156
(For the manufacturings from april 1987)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

3025 25 200 2900 225 3260 250 3625 2500 2800 800 1000 1300 3500 6,4
225
3031 31 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 1000 1000 bar 3000 6,4
225
3040 40 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 800 1000 bar 3000 6,5
3050 50 175 2537 205 2972 225 3625 2200 2500 500 800 1000 225
bar 3000 7,7
200
3060 60 160 2320 185 2682 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567
1000 bar 3000 7,8
1234567
3071 71 150 2175 175 2537 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567
1234567 2500 8,3
1751234567
3080 80 120 1740 150 2175 200 2900 1700 2000 500 800 bar1234567 2500 8,4
1234567
3090 1751234567
90 100 1450 130 2175 175 2537 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 8,6
1234567
1501234567
3100 100 100 1450 125 1812 175 2175 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 8,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 30 1488 1/4

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

358
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ABP

CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
INLET pressure
Capacity OUTLET 1 way rotation without
counter pressure
A B M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D 3025
to 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17
(HPI) 3040

3050
3060
22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 A B B A B A
ØC
E

ØF 3071
effective depth G to 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17
3100
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

B D
3025
to 18 40 M 8 16 27 51 M10 16 A B B A B A
(Italian) 3040
ØC
3050
3060

4 holes Ø F 3071
effective to
depth G 3100

X 3025
to
(without ports)
3040

3050
Only with rear body Type A
3060

3071
to
3100
F.T 30 1488 2/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

359
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ABP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19

51

75
150

150
112 112

V
Low pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return
109
21,5 33 32
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

75
150

27 on flats

112

REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19
51

75
48

150
150

45

112 112
F.T 30 1488 3/4

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 11
for bi directional (M3) or single directional for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. pressure in the return port.

Max. tightening torque of the connexion Max. tightening torque of the connexion
50 N.m 50 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

360
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ABP
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

A04 SAE "BB" A04

46 ± 0,35 F 55 ± 0,35 F
F1 25 F1 35

Ø 31,685 ± 0,027
+ 0,03
6,35 0

28,1 ± 0,01
F2 F2

Ø35
Ø30
Ø25,37 ± 0,03
38
38,1 7,9
47,1 7,9

F1 = 140 daN F1 = 120 daN

F2 = 50 daN F2 = 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline to SAE "C"
14 teet - 1" 1/4-
340 N.m Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque

500 N.m

A05 SAE "C" A19

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

46 ± 0,35 F 41,2 ± 0,35 F

28
30 F1
Ø22,161 ± 0,026

+ 0,03
7,93 0
35,17 ± 0,01

F2
Ø35

Ø30

25
Ø31,72 ± 0,03

47,6 7,9
33,3 7,9

F1 = 120 daN
F2 = 50 daN
F1 = 140 daN Involute spline to SAE "B"
13 teeth - 7/8"
F2 = 50 daN Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

430 N.m 310 N.m

A07 SAE "B" A20

41,2 ± 0,35 F 46 ± 0,35 F
F1 25 33
F1
Ø25,371 ± 0,026

+ 0,03
6,35 0
25 ± 0,01

F2 F2
Ø30

Ø30
± 0,03

25
33,3 7,9
Ø22,205

38,1 7,9
F.T 30 1488 4/4

F1 = 140 daN F1 = 120 daN

F2 = 50 daN F2 = 50 daN
Involute spline to SAE "BB"
Maxi transmissible torque
15 teeth - 1"
290 N.m Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque Consult us for availability

490 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

361
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ABR
M AB R 3 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

F of the front body 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

Ø 83,63
A
B 130,3
6,35 12 106,3
Front body
SAE "B"
M3 Ø 95

r 12
51

- 0,05
-0

A B
Ø 82,55

24

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 3

48
150

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

2 holes Ø 11

1,5 1,5
118 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

CHOICE of the Dimensions Seal kits:

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Capacity A B M1 - M2
for bi directional (M3) or single directional
Nitrile: K5074043 + K103765 + K102901
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
025 - 031 - 040 165,7 104,3 Viton: K5074044 + K104156 + K104093
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

pressure in the return port.

(For the manufacturings from october 1991)
Max. tightening torque of the connexion 050 - 060 192,2 117,5
50 N.m 071 - 080 - 090 - 100 212,2 127,2 M3 - M5/M6
Nitrile: K5071073 + K103765 + K102901
Viton: K5071074 + K104156 + K104093
(For the manufacturings from april 1987)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

3025 25 200 2900 225 3260 250 3625 2500 2800 800 1000 1300 3500 6,4
225
3031 31 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 1000 1000 bar 3000 6,4
225
3040 40 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 800 1000 bar 3000 6,5
3050 50 175 2537 205 2972 225 3625 2200 2500 500 800 1000 225
bar 3000 7,7
3060 60 160 2320 185 2682 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567
1000 200 3000 7,8
1234567
bar

3071 71 150 2175 175 2537 225 3262 2000 2300 500
1234567
800 1234567 2500 8,3
1234567
175 1234567
3080 80 120 1740 150 2175 200 2900 1700 2000 500 800 bar 1234567 2500 8,4
1234567
175 1234567
3090 90 100 1450 130 2175 175 2537 1500 1800 400 800 bar 1234567 2000 8,6
150 1234567
3100 100 100 1450 125 1812 175 2175 1500 1800 400 800 bar 1234567 2000 8,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 30 1489 1/4

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

362
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ABR

CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
INLET pressure
Capacity OUTLET 1 way rotation without
counter pressure
A B M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D 3025
to 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17
(HPI) 3040

3050
3060
22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 A B B A B A
ØC
E

ØF 3071
effective depth G to 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17
3100
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

B D
3025
to 18 40 M 8 16 27 51 M10 16 A B B A B A
(Italian) 3040
ØC
3050
3060

4 holes Ø F 3071
effective to
depth G 3100

X 3025
to
(without ports)
3040

3050
Only with rear body Type A
3060

3071
to
3100
F.T 30 1489 2/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

363
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ABR
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19

51

75
150

150
112 112

V
Low pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return
109
21,5 33 32
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

75
150

27 on flats

112

REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19
51

75
48

150
150

45

112 112
F.T 30 1489 3/4

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 11
for bi directional (M3) or single directional for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. pressure in the return port.

Max. tightening torque of the connexion Max. tightening torque of the connexion
50 N.m 50 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

364
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ABR
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

A04 SAE "BB" A04

46 ± 0,35 F 55 ± 0,35 F
F1 25 F1 35

Ø 31,685 ± 0,027
+ 0,03
6,35 0

28,1 ± 0,01
F2 F2

Ø35
Ø30
Ø25,37 ± 0,03
38
38,1 7,9
47,1 7,9

F1 = 140 daN F1 = 120 daN

F2 = 50 daN F2 = 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline to SAE "C"
14 teet - 1" 1/4-
340 N.m Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque

500 N.m

A05 SAE "C" A19

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

46 ± 0,35 F 41,2 ± 0,35 F

28
30 F1
Ø22,161 ± 0,026

+ 0,03
7,93 0
35,17 ± 0,01

F2
Ø35

Ø30

25
Ø31,72 ± 0,03

47,6 7,9
33,3 7,9

F1 = 120 daN
F2 = 50 daN
F1 = 140 daN Involute spline to SAE "B"
13 teeth - 7/8"
F2 = 50 daN Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

430 N.m 310 N.m

A07 SAE "B" A20

41,2 ± 0,35 F 46 ± 0,35 F
F1 25 33
F1
Ø25,371 ± 0,026

+ 0,03
6,35 0
25 ± 0,01

F2 F2
Ø30

Ø30
± 0,03

25
33,3 7,9
Ø22,205

38,1 7,9
F.T 30 1489 4/4

F1 = 140 daN F1 = 120 daN

F2 = 50 daN F2 = 50 daN
Involute spline to SAE "BB"
Maxi transmissible torque
15 teeth - 1"
290 N.m Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque

Consult us for availability
490 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

365
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ADF
M AD F 3 H L 2 0 A05
II VI XII
Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

Face of the support
F of the front body 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

A Front body
B SAE "C" 146 r 16
6,35 12

M3 Ø 161,9
51

146
A B

24

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 3

0,05
48
150

-0
Ø 127-

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

4 holes Ø 14,3
1,5 1,5
118 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18

CHOICE of the Dimensions Seal kits:
for bi directional (M3) or single directional Capacity A B M1 - M2
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
Nitrile: K5074043 + K101419
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

pressure in the return port.

Viton: K5074044 + K101508
025 - 031 - 040 217,7 156,3
Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For the manufacturings from october 1991)
050 - 060 244,2 169,5
50 N.m
M3 - M5/M6
071 - 080 - 090 - 100 264,2 179,2 Nitrile: K5071073 + K101419
Viton: K5071074 + K101508
(For the manufacturings from april 1987)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

3025 25 200 2900 225 3260 250 3625 2500 2800 800 1000 1300 3500 6,4
225
3031 31 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 1000 1000 bar 3000 6,4
225
3040 40 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 800 1000 bar 3000 6,5
3050 50 175 2537 205 2972 225 3625 2200 2500 500 800 1000 225
bar 3000 7,7
3060 60 160 2320 185 2682 225 3262 2000 2300 500 1000 200
800 1234567
bar 3000 7,8
1234567
3071 71 150 2175 175 2537 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567
1234567 2500 8,3
175 1234567
3080 80 120 1740 150 2175 200 2900 1700 2000 500 800 bar 1234567 2500 8,4
1234567
1234567
3090 90 100 1450 130 2175 175 2537 1500 1800 400 800 175 1234567
bar 1234567 2000 8,6
150 1234567
3100 100 100 1450 125 1812 175 2175 1500 1800 400 800 bar 1234567 2000 8,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 30 1490 1/4

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

366
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ADF

CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
INLET pressure
Capacity OUTLET 1 way rotation without
counter pressure
A B M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D 3025
to 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17
(HPI) 3040

3050
3060
22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 A B B A B A
ØC
E

ØF 3071
effective depth G to 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17
3100
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

B D
3025
to 18 40 M 8 16 27 51 M10 16 A B B A B A
(Italian) 3040
ØC
3050
3060

4 holes Ø F 3071
effective to
depth G 3100

X 3025
to
(without ports)
3040

3050
Only with rear body Type A
3060

3071
to
3100
F.T 30 1490 2/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

367
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ADF
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19

51

75
150

150
112 112

V
Low pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return
109
21,5 33 32
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

75
150

27 on flats

112

REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19
51

75
48

150
150

45

112 112
F.T 30 1490 3/4

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 11
for bi directional (M3) or single directional for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. pressure in the return port.

Max. tightening torque of the connexion Max. tightening torque of the connexion
50 N.m 50 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

368
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ADF
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

A05

55,5 ± 0,3 F

22,1 ± 0,1
F1 25
Ø 38
14,5
0,06
0
Ø 31,75 -

F2

Ø 35
M8

47,6 7,9

F1 Maxi : 320 daN

F2 Maxi : 160 daN

Maxi transmissible torque

430 N.m
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.
F.T 30 1490 4/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

369
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ADP
M AD P 3 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

F of the front body 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

A Front body
B SAE "C" 146 r 16
6,35 12

M3 Ø 161,9
51

- 0,05
-0

146
A
Ø 127

24
48

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 3

150

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

4 holes Ø 14,3
1,5 1,5
118 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

CHOICE of the Dimensions Seal kits:

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18
for bi directional (M3) or single directional Capacity A B M1 - M2
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter Nitrile: K5074043 + K103765
pressure in the return port. Viton: K5074044 + K104156
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

025 - 031 - 040 165,7 104,3

Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For the manufacturings from october 1991)
050 - 060 192,2 117,5
50 N.m
M3 - M5/M6
071 - 080 - 090 - 100 212,2 127,2 Nitrile: K5071073 + K103765
Viton: K5071074 + K104156
(For the manufacturings from april 1987)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

3025 25 200 2900 225 3260 250 3625 2500 2800 800 1000 1300 3500 6,4
225
3031 31 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 1000 1000 bar 3000 6,4
225
3040 40 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 800 1000 bar 3000 6,5
3050 50 175 2537 205 2972 225 3625 2200 2500 500 800 1000 225
bar 3000 7,7
3060 60 160 2320 185 2682 225 3262 2000 2300 500 1000 200
800 1234567
bar 3000 7,8
1234567
3071 71 150 2175 175 2537 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567
1234567 2500 8,3
1751234567
3080 80 120 1740 150 2175 200 2900 1700 2000 500 800 bar1234567 2500 8,4
1234567
3090 1751234567
90 100 1450 130 2175 175 2537 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567
1234567 2000 8,6
1501234567
3100 100 100 1450 125 1812 175 2175 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 8,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)

Min. 10s
P3
F.T 30 1491 1/4

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

370
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ADP

CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
INLET pressure
Capacity OUTLET 1 way rotation without
counter pressure
A B M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D 3025
to 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17
(HPI) 3040

3050
3060
22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 A B B A B A
ØC
E

ØF 3071
effective depth G to 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17
3100
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

B D
3025
to 18 40 M 8 16 27 51 M10 16 A B B A B A
(Italian) 3040
ØC
3050
3060

4 holes Ø F 3071
effective to
depth G 3100

X 3025
to
(without ports)
3040

3050
Only with rear body Type A
3060

3071
to
3100
F.T 30 1491 2/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

371
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ADP
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19

51

75
150

150
112 112

V
Low pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return
109
21,5 33 32
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

75
150

27 on flats

112

REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19
51

75
48

150
150

45

112 112
F.T 30 1491 3/4

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 11
for bi directional (M3) or single directional for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. pressure in the return port.

Max. tightening torque of the connexion Max. tightening torque of the connexion
50 N.m 50 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

372
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ADP
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

A04 SAE "BB" A04

46 ± 0,35 F 55 ± 0,35 F
F1 25 F1 35

Ø 31,685 ± 0,027
+ 0,03
6,35 0

28,1 ± 0,01
F2 F2

Ø35
Ø30
Ø25,37 ± 0,03
38
38,1 7,9
47,1 7,9

F1 = 140 daN F1 = 120 daN

F2 = 50 daN F2 = 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline to SAE "C"
14 teet - 1" 1/4-
340 N.m Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque

500 N.m

A05 SAE "C" A19

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

46 ± 0,35 F 41,2 ± 0,35 F

28
30 F1
Ø22,161 ± 0,026

+ 0,03
7,93 0
35,17 ± 0,01

F2
Ø35

Ø30

25
Ø31,72 ± 0,03

47,6 7,9
33,3 7,9

F1 = 120 daN
F2 = 50 daN
F1 = 140 daN Involute spline to SAE "B"
13 teeth - 7/8"
F2 = 50 daN Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

430 N.m 310 N.m

A07 SAE "B" A20

41,2 ± 0,35 F 46 ± 0,35 F
F1 25 33
F1
Ø25,371 ± 0,026

+ 0,03
6,35 0
25 ± 0,01

F2 F2
Ø30

Ø30
± 0,03

25
33,3 7,9
Ø22,205

38,1 7,9
F.T 30 1491 4/4

F1 = 140 daN F1 = 120 daN

F2 = 50 daN F2 = 50 daN
Involute spline to SAE "BB"
Maxi transmissible torque
15 teeth - 1"
290 N.m Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque Consult us for availability

490 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

373
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ADR
M AD R 3 H L
II VI IX X XI XII
Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign Sign

For CODIFICATION, see data sheet F.T R 0243

Face of the support PRESSURE at the DRAINING:

F of the front body 1 bar MAXI (14,5 PSI)

Ø 127,75
A Front body
B SAE "C" 146 r 16
6,35 12

M3 Ø 161,9
51

- 0,05
-0

146
A
Ø 127

24
48

HYDRAULIC GEAR MOTORS SERIES 3

150

M2 M1 M2 M1
M6 M5 M6 M5

4 holes Ø 14,3
1,5 1,5
118 Direction M1-M5 Direction M2-M6

CHOICE of the Dimensions Seal kits:

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18
for bi directional (M3) or single directional Capacity A B M1 - M2
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter Nitrile: K5074043 + K103765 + K107089
pressure in the return port. Viton: K5074044 + K104156 + K107090
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

025 - 031 - 040 165,7 104,3

Max. tightening torque of the connexion (For the manufacturings from october 1991)
050 - 060 192,2 117,5
50 N.m
M3 - M5/M6
071 - 080 - 090 - 100 212,2 127,2 Nitrile: K5071073 + K103765 + K107089
Viton: K5071074 + K104156 + K107090
(For the manufacturings from april 1987)

Capacity MAXI Maxi mini Maxi speed approx.

PRESSURE weight
V
speed at speed at RPM at P
MODEL
P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 100 bar 210 bar 300 bar < 100 bar
Kg
cc / rev bar PSI bar PSI bar PSI RPM RPM 1450 PSI 3045 PSI 4350 PSI (1450 PSI)

3025 25 200 2900 225 3260 250 3625 2500 2800 800 1000 1300 3500 6,4
225
3031 31 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 1000 1000 bar 3000 6,4
225
3040 40 180 2610 210 3045 225 3625 2300 2600 500 800 1000 bar 3000 6,5
3050 50 175 2537 205 2972 225 3625 2200 2500 500 800 1000 225
bar 3000 7,7
3060 60 160 2320 185 2682 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567
1000 200
3000 7,8
1234567 bar

3071 1234567
71 150 2175 175 2537 225 3262 2000 2300 500 800 1234567 2500 8,3
1234567
1751234567
3080 80 120 1740 150 2175 200 2900 1700 2000 500 800 bar1234567 2500 8,4
1234567
1751234567
3090 90 100 1450 130 2175 175 2537 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 8,6
1501234567
3100 100 100 1450 125 1812 175 2175 1500 1800 400 800 bar1234567 2000 8,8

On the hereunder indicated diagram, the maximum duty pressure are the following.

P1 Maximum pressure in continuous duty P2 Maximum pressure in intermittent duty

P3 Max. Allowable peack pressure P4 Pressure at Motor outlet ≤ P (Only in M3)
Min. 10s
P3
F.T 30 1492 1/4

P2 Peack pressure for

P1 each cycle
bar
P

P4
Max. 30s

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

374
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ADR

CHOICE of the IMPLANTATION of PORTS

Port connector, see our Catalogue N° 70

AFFECTATION
1 way rotation without
counter pressure 2 ways
rotation with
M1 M2 counter
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
INLET pressure
Capacity OUTLET 1 way rotation without
counter pressure
A B M3
ØC D E ØF G ØC D E ØF G
M5 M6
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

H D 3025
to 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 18 52,4 26,2 M 8 17
(HPI) 3040

3050
3060
22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 22 52,4 26,2 M 8 17 A B B A B A
ØC
E

ØF 3071
effective depth G to 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17 34 35,6 69,8 M 8 17
3100
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

B D
3025
to 18 40 M 8 16 27 51 M10 16 A B B A B A
(Italian) 3040
ØC
3050
3060

4 holes Ø F 3071
effective to
depth G 3100

X 3025
to
(without ports)
3040

3050
Only with rear body Type A
3060

3071
to
3100
F.T 30 1492 2/4

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

375
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ADR
REAR BODIES for MOTORS M1 - M2

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19

51

75
150

150
112 112

V
Low pressure relief valve
(Adjustable) Internal return
109
21,5 33 32
Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

75
150

27 on flats

112

REAR BODIES for MOTORS M3 - M5 - M6

L A
Standard with ports

25 (x2) 1" BSP 56 33

effective depth 19
51

75
48

150
150

45

112 112
F.T 30 1492 3/4

Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 18 Drain port 3/8" BSP effective depth 11
for bi directional (M3) or single directional for bi directional (M3) or single directional
motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter motor (M5/M6) but working with a counter
pressure in the return port. pressure in the return port.

Max. tightening torque of the connexion Max. tightening torque of the connexion
50 N.m 50 N.m

Consult us for availability

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

376
/ 00
 SERIES 3 TYPE ADR
DRIVING SHAFTS

Tapered Straight keyed Splined Tang

10 20 30 40

A04 SAE "BB" A04

46 ± 0,35 F 55 ± 0,35 F
F1 25 F1 35

Ø 31,685 ± 0,027
+ 0,03
6,35 0

28,1 ± 0,01
F2 F2

Ø35
Ø30
Ø25,37 ± 0,03
38
38,1 7,9
47,1 7,9

F1 = 140 daN F1 = 120 daN

F2 = 50 daN F2 = 50 daN
Maxi transmissible torque Involute spline to SAE "C"
14 teet - 1" 1/4-
340 N.m Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque

500 N.m

A05 SAE "C" A19

Dimensions readings and approximative characteristics subject to modifications.

46 ± 0,35 F 41,2 ± 0,35 F

28
30 F1
Ø22,161 ± 0,026

+ 0,03
7,93 0
35,17 ± 0,01

F2
Ø35

Ø30

25
Ø31,72 ± 0,03

47,6 7,9
33,3 7,9

F1 = 120 daN
F2 = 50 daN
F1 = 140 daN Involute spline to SAE "B"
13 teeth - 7/8"
F2 = 50 daN Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque Maxi transmissible torque

430 N.m 310 N.m

A07 SAE "B" A20

41,2 ± 0,35 F 46 ± 0,35 F
F1 25 33
F1
Ø25,371 ± 0,026

+ 0,03
6,35 0
25 ± 0,01

F2 F2
Ø30

Ø30
± 0,03

25
33,3 7,9
Ø22,205

38,1 7,9
F.T 30 1492 4/4

F1 = 140 daN F1 = 120 daN

F2 = 50 daN F2 = 50 daN
Involute spline to SAE "BB"
Maxi transmissible torque
15 teeth - 1"
290 N.m Diametral Pitch 16/32
30° Pressure angle

Maxi transmissible torque Consult us for availability

490 N.m

home contents previous next main dimensions PUBLISHING 02 / 2012

377
/ 00
PUBLISHING 02 / 2013